A glossary of judicial and revenue terms, and of useful words occuring in official documents relating to the administration of the government of British India, from the Arabic, Persian, Hindustaání, Sanskrit, Hindí, Bengálí, Uriya, Maráthi, Guzaráthí, Telegu, Karnáta, Tamil, Malayálam, and other languages

''4

r,>j

i

irt'ij'i

£.g^^ty

(Hmmll Winxvmxi^ Jitatg

THE GIFT OF

i-M.!

A,u\xt

1

?f.3.(«^?

Cornell University Library PK 177.W74

A glossary of judicial and revenue lerrns

3 1924 023 050 762 »,.,...i

The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924023050762

GLOSSARY

J"

OF

JUDICIAL AND EEYENFE TEEMS,

AND OF

USEPUL WORDS OCCURRING IN OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS

RELATING TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE GOVERNMENT

OF

BRITISH INDIA,

mOM THE

ARABIC, PERSIAN, HINDUSTANi, SANSKRIT, HINDI, BENGALI, URIYA, MARATHI,

GUZARATHI, TELUGU, KARNATA, TAMIL, MALAYALAM,

AND OTHER LANGUAGES.

COMPILED AND PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HONORABLE THE COURT OF DIRECTORS

OF THE

EAST-INDIA COMPANY.

BY

H. H. WILSON, M.A. F.R.S.

LIBEARIAlf TO THE BAST-IIfDIA COMPANT, AND

BODEW PROFBSSOB, OP SANSKRIT IN THE HITIVERSITY OP OXFORD,

&C. &C. &C.

LONDON :

W^. H. ALLEN AND CO. BOOKSELLERS TO THE HONORABLE EAST-INDIA COMPANY.

MDCCCLV.

(k

LONDON :

PRINTED BY WILLIAM MAYOR WATTS,

PRINTER TO THE HON. E. I. COMPANY'S COLLEGE, HAILEYBUEY.

PREFACE.

The numerous documents relating to the administration of the government of India by the East-India Company which have been printed, and the still more voluminous correspondence which remains in manuscript, have, from the earliest to the most recent dates, been thickly studded with terms adopted from the vernacular languages of the country, and commonly inserted without any explanation of their purport. Various reasons may be assigned for a practice which, to say the least of it, is attended with considerable perplexity to those who have not studied the languages of India at all, and is not free from embarrassment even to many by whom those languages have been in part only, or imperfectly acquired. In many cases, no doubt, it might be difficult or impossible to discover exact equivalents for the native words in English, and the use of the original term most expressively conveys its meaning to those to whom the occasion of its employment is famlHar, although they be not Oriental scholars : Ryot and Ryotwar, for instance, suggest more precise and positive notions in connexion with the subject of the land revenue in the south of India, than would be conveyed by cultivator, or peasant, or agriculturist, or by an agreement for rent or revenue with the individual members of the agricultural classes : in this and similar instances the employment of the original native term is recommended by the advantages of conciseness and precision.

In the far greater number of cases, however, the practice cannot be vindicated by an equally cogent plea, and must be ascribed to other considerations. It may sometimes, perhaps, be assigned to a pedantic affectation of conversancy with the native languages, but it may more frequently be attributed to indolence — to a reluctance to take the trouble of ascertaining the proper sense of the word, and of seeking for a suitable equivalent, even where such an equivalent is at hand, and where the original term denotes nothing peculiar or technical. It is scarcely necessary, for example, to introduce the word Midde in its native dress, when it signifies only " an Upper-storied house;" and " Widow " is quite as much to the purpose as Avlru, especially when the latter is barbarously transmuted to Oheera. It is very obvious, however, that whatever may be the famiharity acquired in some instances with the spoken language of the Courts of Justice and Revenue, that familiarity is restricted to a few of the dialects, and that a critical acquaintance, even with those that are understood, is far from common. This is very evident when, as is sometimes the case, an attempt has been made by ofiicers of unquestioned efficiency in other respects, to analyse etymologically the terms they employ, particularly in regard to the languages of the south of India. Thus it is said by a functionary of more than ordinary merit, and one who was specially selected for his knowledge of the languages, that the last syllable of Dessaye is a Canarese term for " mother," when it is nothing more than the abridgment of adhi, " over — one who is placed in authority over a district." The same functionary explains Desmuhh, literally the head or chief (muhhya) of a country (des), as meaning " ten blows," confounding evidently the Sanscrit des, " a country," with the Hindi das, " ten," and mukha, " face," with the Hindustani muth, " a fist." — East- India Selections, iv. 798. In fact, the whole linguistic stock of the major portion of the Civil Service was for many years a little Hindustani and less Persian ; and it is only recently that attempts have been made to extend the range of attainment, and place it upon a sound and comprehensive basis.

"Whatever the acquirements, however, of those with whom Indian official documents originate, it is undeniable that many of those to whom they are addressed, or for whose information they are designed, members of the Court of Proprietors, of the Court of Directors, of the Board of Controul, the Houses of

ii PREFACE.

Parliament, the British public, pretend to no acquaintance with the languages of India, and to them an interpretation of the native words which come hefore them is indispensable. A few may have become almost naturalized by repetition, but by far the greater number remain unintelligible. Even of the meaning of those however which have been longest and most extensively current, precise ideas are not always entertained ; and it may be doubted if there are many persons, of those who have not been in India, or who have no knowledge of Hindustani, who possess a ready and correct conception of the purport of such frequently recurring terms, as Adalat and Zaminddr.

But besides the great proportion of those who may feel It their duty to consult the records of the Indian governments for information, without pretending to any conversancy with the Indian languages, many even of those who have been educated for the service of the Company will be occasionally pei-plexed by the appearance of native terms with which they are unacquainted. The Company's servants at the different Presidencies are not expected to be proficients In the languages spoken In the territories of other Presidencies than their own, and yet they must find It of material benefit to be able to consult their records ; while even In their own branch of the service, they will not unfrequently be crossed by unusual designations. The Persian or Hindustani scholar will not, therefore, always be competent to appreciate the value of the Sanskrit and Arabic vocables which constitute the language of Hindu and Mohammadan law. Those languages will but imperfectly prepare the Bengal •civIHan for Hindi, Bengali, and Panjabi : they will be of equally little avail In the peninsula for the Interpretation of terms pertaining to Tamil, Telugu, Karndta, and Malayalim ; and they will but lamely help the Bombay servant over the intricacies of MaratM and Guzerathi, to say nothing of SIndhi and Marwari. Even with the scale of acquirements extended as far as may be reasonably expected, the great variety of the prevailing forms of speech in India renders It impossible, perhaps, that even all those which would be of service may be so mastered, that words derived from them will always convey the meanings they bear independently of such explanation as is to be looked for from a Glossary or a Lexicon.

Supposing, indeed, that a much more comprehensive and critical acquaintance with the languages of Itidia existed than that which usually prevails, such knowledge will still not be always sufficient to enable Its possessor to recognise a native word, however familiar to him in its original characters, in the unusual and often preposterous form in which it appears when represented by the English alphabet. Of cQurs^, English documents cannot admit Oriental letters ; and Indian words, when transferred from their native garb to an English dress, are often so strangely disguised, that it is always difficult, sometimes impossible, to Identify them. The causes of their transfiguration are easily understood : they may have been written down by the European functionary from native enunciation, agreeably to his conception of the sound, without advertence to the original characters, the only guides entitled to reHance : the ear is far from accurate, particularly the EngHsh ear, which is unaccustomed to a definite system of pronunciation in its own alphabet, especially as regards the vowel sounds. The consequences are, an entire misrepresentation of the original spelling, and a total want of consistency, the very same word being written in every possible variety of orthography. Another source of error is the employment of a native amanuensis, who knows a little English, to write the word, and in all likelihood, he wOl diverge still farther from accuracy than his European superior. The term thas Incorrectly and blunderingly set down has to be transcribed repeatedly by native copyists for transmission to higher authority, and eventually, perhaps, to England ; and every time that It is re-written there is a renewed probability of error. In this state It comes home, and Is here re-copied by English clerks, who are, of course, unable to correct the most palpable mistakes, and are fully qualified to commit more. In the last place, it has to be transferred to the press, the correction of which Is entrusted to Incompetent revision, and by which fresh blunders are copiously grafted on the already abundant crop. Many printed documents, of the first Importance as to their subjects, and upon which very great expense has been incurred by the Company, have been rendered almost useless by the innumerable inaccuracies which disfigure almost every page. The collection, for example, known as Selections from the Judicial and Revenue Records, in four folio volumes, containing many most important and valuable documents, is all but spoiled by the perpetual recurrence of such errors as Lokar and Sokar for Lohar; Sale for Lai; Derk and Desh for Berh ; Pottar for Pot-ddr ; Swinjammy iox Sarivjami ; Kadarnaibh {ov Kaddrambam. Such as these admit of correction : others are more puzzling, but may be corrected conjecturally : Bazar-heetick, is no doubt intended for Bazar-laithak ; Mohcuddum Quaz appears from the context to be designed for Mukaddam-karz ;

PREFACE. iii

and Ooleim holey and Muddum kaley are intended for Uttama kali and Madhyama kali. Others, again, baffle conjecture. It passes my ingenuity to propose probable substitutes for Barhee Mutputti, Herymut desa, or Quaeem seodi jumma. The Selections are not singular in this respect, and strange perversions find their way into official reports, even when printed in India, where competent revision is more plentiful than it should be in this country. In the reports of the judicial proceedings in the Zila Courts we have Jummee, and even Jemmy for Janmi, " one who holds a birthright ;" and Half an, " by or upon oath," is metamorphosed to Hul Fun. Documents emanating from the highest authority are not exempt from such disfigurement. In the Instructions to the Settlement Officers from the Governor of the North-west Provinces we have Dhurkast for Durkhast ; and in the Decisions of the Sadr Adalat we find Tun-khaw for Tamkhwah, and Joonmoohoostee for Junum-moohoortee, "the hour of nativity." Now, whether these be blunders of transcription or typography, they are calculated to perplex even Oriental scholars, and are grave blemishes in documents emanating from authority, and intended to communicate information on which implicit reliance may be placed.

The deficiencies in this respect, of the pubhshed and unpublished documents relating to India, as well as the want of a more comprehensive key to the numerous native terms employed than any previously compiled, having been brought to the attention of the Court of Directors in August 1842, it was resolved to adopt measures for forming a Glossary of words in current use in various parts of India, relating to the administration of public business in every department, the want of which had long been found a source of much inconvenience. Under an impression that this could not be effected without the co-operation of the Company's servants locally employed in all parts of India, instructions were given to the Supreme Government of India to call upon the functionaries at the several Presidencies for their assistance. In order to serve as a guide for their proceedings, a rough Glossary, alphabetically arranged, was compiled in the India-House, taken chiefly from a list of words collected by the late Mr. Warden during his residence at Bombay, and from sundry printed collections ; and a sufficient number of printed copies were transmitted to India for distribution to the several officers. In this Glossary the words were inserted purposely as they were met with, without any attempt to correct them, or to reduce their spelling to a uniform system ; as, in the absence of the native characters, any attempt to represent the words in those of Europe might only have multiplied the obvious inaccuracies of the original collection : their correction was left to the Indian authorities, by whom the proper native orthography could be most readily ascertained, and they were instructed to return the lists in an accurate form, and accompanied by the native characters of the district in which the words were current. The authorities were also directed to add to the collection the many words that were known to be wanting, and to subjoin full, carefal, and accurate explanations of their meaning. The copies were printed- in such a shape as to admit of the insertion of the requisite additions and emendations, and several hundreds were sent out fi'om time to time, with an expectation expressed that they would be returned in six months from the time of their distribution. The final arrangement of the whole work was to be committed to the compiler of the present publication.

After a much more protracted interval than that of six months, the rough Glossaries found their way back from Bengal and partially from Madras : from Bombay none returned. The latter default was not much to be regretted, for however judicious the design, its execution at the other Presidencies proved almost an entire failure. Many of the lists came back blank ; of several the leaves had not been cut; in the far greater number, a mere pretence of doing something was displayed by the insertion of a few terms neither novel nor important ; a few afforded some serviceable materials, especially when, as was frequently the case, the task had been transferred to the subordinate officers, Munsiffs, Amins, Sadr-amins, and Deputy-collectors, the uncovenanted servants of the Company. Some of these did furnish lists of native terms, of a useful description, written in both the English and native characters. Several of the native officers, however, misapprehended the object of the collection, and admitted a copious infusion of words which had no peculiarly official significations. More than one, indeed, in Upper India, turned to Shakespear's Hindustani Dictionary, and deliberately covered the blank pages of the Glossary with words taken at random from the Lexicon. The practice was too glaringly obvious to be doubted ; but it was confessed to me by one of the perpetrators, Mir Shahamat Ali, whom I taxed with it when in England. He was an individual eminently qualified to have responded to the intentions of the Court as an efficient public officer, a scholar, and a man of ability ; but so little interest was felt in Jndia in the subject, such was the unwillingness to devote any time or trouble to the task, that eren he evaded its performance. The same feelings pervaded the service in Bengal. At Madras, matters

iv PREFACE,

were not much better. The returns were collected by the Persian and Telugu translator to tlie Government, Mr. C. P. Brown, and embodied in one compilation. The character which he gives of those returns shews that they were equally meagre and insufficient as those of Bengal. He has since printed therd, enlarged with additions of his own, under the denomination of a Zillah Dictionary, the utiUty of which is somewhat impaired by the erroneous explanations derived from the documents with which he had been furnished. From his aggregate collection in manuscript, some useful terms, however, have been •obtained, although their accuracy has been rendered occasionally questionable by the observations of the Board of Revenue on the printed form which was not received in time to be made much use of. From Madras, also, came two serviceable lists supplied by the Residents at Mysore and Hyderabad, Generals Cubbon and Fraser. From Bombay, as already observed, not a single list has been returned. The fate which has attended a measure so judiciously conceived, and so well calculated to have brought together a large body of valuable information of the most authentic character, is far from creditable to the public zeal and philological proficiency of the East-India Company's Civil Service.

One honourable exception must, however, be acknowledged. " Observing with regret that the call for information had not been responded to, except to a very limited extent, by any of the officers under the control of the Board of Revenue of the North-western Provinces," of which he was then a member, the late Sir Henry Elliot — whose early death has deprived the Bengal Civil Service of a most zealous and accomplished Oriental scholar, and an enlightened and efficient public officer — undertook to supply the deficiency, and to put together the information he had collected respecting the tribes, the customs, and the fiscal and agricultural terms ciurent in Upper India. The collection was printed under the modest designation of a Supplement to the Glossary, and contains a number of local terms of the most useful and authentic description, arranged alphabetically according to the order of the English alphabet, but accompanied by the native characters, both Arabic and Sanksrit, and expressed according to the modified system ^of spelling devised by Dr. Gilchrist, as well as that of Sir William Jones. The greater portion of the contents of this collection are embodied in the present, but some, especially the articles relating to the different Hindu clans and tribes, have been necessarily abbreviated or omitted, as assuming a higher character than that of the mere items of a Glossary, being, in fact, memoirs subservient to the History of India. The north- west provinces of Hindustan limit the extent of the compilation of course to Hindi and Urdu terms, and unfortunately, also, the compilation stops with the letter J. As far, however, as the Supplement goes, it is a contribution to the compilation contemplated by the Court, of which the value and merit cannot be too highly estimated.

The first returns of the blank Glossaries from India having proved that little aid was to be expected from that quarter, it became necessary to look round for other sources of information ; and in the first instance, at least, to make use of such as were in print. Of tMs class were Gladwin's Dictionary of Mohammadan Law and Revenue Terms, Rousseau's Vocabulary of Persian Words in common use in India, and the Indian Vocabulary of Lieutenant Robertson. For the south of India there were the technical terms attached to Morris's Telugu Selections, Brown's Gentoo Vocabulary, and Robertson's Glossary in Tamil and English of words used chiefly in the business of the Courts. There were also, for general reference, the Indices of the Regulations, whether attached to them separately, or as collectively formed by Dale, Fenwick, and SmaU, the Glossary of the Fifth Report, and, above all, the Dictionaries of all the principal languages, in which a great number of technical terms are necessarily comprised, although the explanations are not always as full and particular as could be wished. The most comprehensive of them in this respect are Major Molesworth's Marathi Dictionary, Reeves's Kamata Dictionary, and Mohammad Kasim's Dictionary of Guzarathi. The Bengali Dictionaries of Carey and Houghton are singularly defective in technical and colloquial words. Steele's Summary of the law and custom of Hindu castes in the Presidency of Bombay affords a mass of very valuable information respecting the west of India, although sadly disfigured by an uncouth and unsystematic representation of the original words. These were, in the first instance, available : manuscript materials were at first less abundant, and the only collections in the India House were a Glossary of Marathi terms of some extent and authenticity, compiled for the use of the Bombay Government, and a collection of Malayalim words compiled by the latqMr. Greeme. The stock of manuscript materials was, however, speedily and importantly augmented.

A collection of Indian technical terms had been for some time in progress, made by my friend Richard Clarke, EsqJ, whose connexion with the Privy Council in the matter of Indian appeals had impressed him with the necessity of a general compilation of this description, and whose high position when in India as a judicial servant of the Madras Government, and wljose attainments as a Tamil scholar, fully qualified him to

PREFACE. V

supply the want. He had accordingly been diligently engaged in the collection and arrangement of materials for such a work, and had accumulated a large quantity of the most useful words selected from the Regulations, from the Reports of the Committees of Parhament' at different dates, from the Selections from the Records, from the early Reports of cases decided in the Sadr Adalat of Calcutta, from Harington's Analysis of the Regulations, Elhs's Mirasi Tenures, Malcolm's Central India, Buchanan's Travels and Eastern India, and various other standard authorities. He had also formed lists of Mohammadan law terms, extracted from the Hiddya, Macnaghten's Mohammadan Law, and Baillie's Digest, and of Hindu law terms from Colebrooke's Digest and Law of Inheritance, Macnaghten's Hindu Law, and my Sanskrit Dictionary. There were also MS. collections of words in the languages of the south of India, accompanied, in some instances, by the native characters. These materials had been classed and arranged alphabetically, and constituted an aggregate of about six or seven thousand terms. They were written according to the system of Sir William Jones, but not accompanied by the native characters. The whole of these materials were most liberally placed at my disposal by Mr. Clarke, when he learned that I was occupied in a similar task ; and the greater portion of them, all those which came within the plan of the present compilation, have been incorporated with it, after verifying them by reference to the authorities whence they were taken, and supplying, wherever practicable, the original native letters.

Copious as were the materials furnished by these different sources, it was very soon evident that the supply was far from exhausted, and that a great number of words employed in official documents still remained to be collected and explained. Public documents respecting the judicial and revenue and other departments of the administration of India have of late years been communicated to the public through the press with a liberality which, although no doubt in many respects of great public utility, might perhaps be now curtailed with advantage, as the voluminous extent of the publications may appal some who would wish to consult them, and deter them from availing themselves of the information. Thus we have in print Monthly Reports of Cases decided in the Sadr Courts of Appeal at Calcutta, Agra, Madras, and Bombay ; Monthly Reports of the Cases decided in the Zila and subordinate Courts of Bengal, the North-west Provinces, and Madras, which have come latterly to average about 500 pages each, or 6000 pages per annum, or, altogether, 18,000 octavo pages annually. Besides these, the Settlement Reports of the Revenue Officers of the North-west Provinces have been printed, and, at all the Presidencies, Extracts from the Records for many years past have been published, or are in course of publication. AU these documents abound more or less with native terms, which, if not in all instances strictly technical, are treated as officially current, and are therefore in need of interpretation. All these have been gone over for several years past, from 1 846 to 1853, and such words as were not previously included have been added to the compilation.

Still, these, however ample, are not the only authorities which it has been thought advisable to refer to. Various other public documents are in print, calculated to supply additional materials, such as the Circular Orders of the Sadr Diwani Adalat ; Instructions to Settlement Officers emanating from the Government of the North-west Provinces ; the particulars of the Settlement Misl, or Collection of Official Forms ; and other similar Documents. Others, originating with private intelligence, have been also found of service, such as Smyth's Bengal Zamindari Accounts ; the clever Tract in Urdu and Hindi, termed Khet-karm, or Field Business ; the amusing and instructive " Revelations of an Orderly ;" and a host of contributions to the Asiatic Researches, the Transactions of the Bombay Literary Society, the Transactions and Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, and the Journals of the Asiatic Society and Agricultural Society of Bengal, of the Literary Society of Madras, and of the Branch Asiatic Society of Bombay. The great extent of these several authorities renders it impossible to have bestowed upon them more than a cursory examination, and there are, no doubt, still abundant materials to be gathered from them ; but they have been consulted with more or less care, and from these and other works incidentally referred to, the collection has been carried far beyond the limit which was anticipated when the task was undertaken. The Index of the Glossary exhibits an aggregate of more than 26,000 words ; and although many of them are mere varieties of spelling, yet the far greater proportion are leading terms, in their correct orthography, agreeably to the system which has been followed in representing Indian words by the letters of the Roman alphabet.

The only trustworthy representation of an Indian word is its native costume : it can never be thoroughly nationahsed in any other : but as it has to take a place in English documents, and is addressed to those to whom it would otherwise be illegible, it is the especial object of the present compilation to give it as faithful an equivalent as the difference in the values of letters and the peculiarities of national enunciation will permit.

VI PREFACE.

attaching to it at the same time, as a check upon the copy, the original delineation of the word in the letters of its own alphabet, wherever verifiable, for the use of those who are qualified to make the comparison. To be able to appreciate, however, the intention of the copy, and to make use of it with advantage, it is necessary that the principles upon which it has been developed should be properly understood.

The extreme and contradictory variety which prevails in the spelling of Oriental words has been often made the subject of remark, and not unfrequently of censure. The latter may not be always undeserved ; yet those who condemn are not always qualified to judge, and they often exhibit in themselves a most perverse determination not to be set right. Above a century ago the most unexceptionable authorities established by their example how Mohammed should be spelled, or nearly so, but to so little purpose that it still is most common to write it Mahommed, and even Mahomet is still far from unfrequent. As long as this disregard of exactitude is so imiversal it little imports what animadversions may be passed upon the want of it by incompetent judges ; but those who should know better, those who are acquainted with the original languages, are inexcusable when they write the native words without reference to their proper form, and without any consistent or systematic mode of expressing them, each individual writing it as he hears, or thinks he hears it articulated, and without paying any attention to its original alphabetical structure. It is undoubtedly true that many of those who are in the habit of hearing and uttering native words in the course of official duty are unfamiliar with their written forms, and will not take the trouble to acquire a knowledge of their alphabet. Even, however, when acquainted with the characters, they will not be at the pains of acquiring a systematic plan of representing them, but write them according to the fancy of the moment, and with a total indifference to consistency which produces the most needless and incompatible misrepre- sentations of one and the same word, to an extent that would scarcely be thought possible if it were not substantiated by daily experience, even in the most ordinary and simple words. It would, for instance, be thought impossible to represent Lahhiraj (from la, " without," and khiraj, " tax,") by any other letters, and the disciples of the two chief propounders of schemes of Oriental orthography, Sir William Jones and Dr. Gilchrist, would unhesitatingly concur in the representation ; yet notwithstanding the concurrence of the two systems, and the simplicity of the original word, we meet with Lahhiraj under the monstrous disguises of Lakerage, Lackeradge, Lackirnz, Lackerage, Laqueerauz, and Leeakeerazee. It is high time that such monstrosities should no longer be perpetrated or tolerated, and that the only remedy of which it admits should be applied— the authoritative enforcement of a uniform system for the representation of the original letters by those of the English alphabet. For this purpose a system must be devised, and then it must be learned. The cause of the confusion is, chiefly, neglect of the latter. We have systems, good enough in their respective ways, but few or none will take the trouble to study and apply them.

The representation of Oriental words by Roman characters has not now for the first time to be considered : the question was most ably discussed nearly seventy years ago by Sir William Jones, and was placed upon its right footing in his Memoir, which judiciously prefaces the Researches of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and commences the first volume, printed in 1788. There are but two principles involved in the adaptation of one alphabet to another: 1. an analogous classification of the letters themselves, according to their original arrangement ; or, 2. the representation of their sounds in equivalents of similar enunciation ; in other words, the one principle is analogy, the other, pronunciation. Sir William Jones adopts the former as the more simple, universal, consistent, and scientific, and as exempt from the anomalies and contradictions which the EngHsh alphabet presents, in which, as he ingeniously pointed out, every vowel and a diphthong may be used to articulate one and the same soimd, as in the sentence " a mother bird flatters over her yoimg," in which every vowel of the alphabet and the combination ou has the sound of m in but. He also instances, in the quotation from Maleherbe, the absurd results that would follow an attempt to transcribe the original French passage according to even its French pronunciation,— an absurdity which we commonly, though not invariably, avoid in ordinary life by Writing foreign names, not according to their pronunciation, but their original spelling. No one would think of writing Paris "Paree," Rousseau " Roosso ;" nor, except in a conundrum, Toulonani T'owfowse, "Too long "and "Too loose;" audit would be a sorry jest that should convert Grisi into "Greasy." We do not, therefore, follow sound alone in the Anglicising of European foreign words ; and the principle is, if possible, still less applicable to the languages of the East.

Not very long, however, after the system of Sir WiUiam Jones had been adopted by the Asiatic Society of Bengal, the principle of pronunciation was taken up by Dr. Gilchrist, with relation especially to the

PREFACE. vii

Hindustani language as written in the Arabic and Persian alphabet ; and with great ingenuity he devised a scheme for expressing the letters of one alphabet by the other, according to their prevailing sounds. This plan he advocated with an earnestness which savoured something of extravagance ; but his scheme, as finally developed as his Hindee-Roman Orthoepical Ultimatum, was, with one or two exceptions, exceedingly well adapted to its object, that of expressing with uniformity and consistency the Oriental characters in English letters, in such a manner that English readers, unacquainted with the former, would be enabled to articulate the words with a very near approach to their correct pronunciation. Here, then, is all that is wanted — two ingenious systems, one based on analogy, one on pronunciation ; and it is only requisite that a person proposing to write Oriental words in Roman letters should make himself familiar with one or the other. It has been more congenial, however, to the natural indolence and self-sufficiency of writers on Indian subjects to study neither, but to blunder on without any previous preparation, to put down words at random, and mystify the public with all sorts of incongruous creations.

Although fully adequate to the determination of the principles on which the mutual adjustment of the Oriental and Roman alphabets ought to be grounded, yet some of the details of the two systemshave been thought to admit of improvement, and different modifications of both have been from time to time proposed. The system of Sir William Jones was scrupulously adhered to by Mr. Colebrooke, and prevails in the Asiatic Researches, and in the Journals of the Asiatic Society of Bengal and of the Royal Asiatic Society; it was used, somewhat modified, by Sir Charles Wilkins, in his edition of Richardson's Persian Dictionary, and in Shakespear's Hindustani Dictionary ; nearly unaltered in Rottler's Tamil, Campbell's Telugu, and Bailey's Malayalam Dictionaries ; and, in a mixed form, in Reeves's Karnata Dictionary. Major Molesworth, in his Marathi Dictionary, follows generally Dr. Gilchrist's system. The public authorities in Bengal also usually observe a modification of Gilchrist's spelling, when they follow any system at all ; but there is little uniformity in this respect In 1834, a vigorous effort was made in Bengal to establish what was termed the Romanizing system, or the substitution of the Roman letters for the characters of the country, in aU printed books, and the project is still in operation to a limited extent. Competent scholars from different Missions, Dr. Duff, and Messrs. Pearce, Yates, and Thomas ; and distinguished Members of the Company's Service, Mr. H. T. Prinsep, the late Mr. J. Prinsep, Mr. John Tytler, and Mr., now Sir Charles Trevelyan, took part in the discussion, and their several communications were collected and printed at Serampore. The different modes of writing the Oriental words in Roman letters were then fully and fairly considered, and a system nearly identical with iJiat of Sir William Jones was adopted. Again, in 1845, an intelligent and ingenious treatise on the mode of writing Oriental words, having especial reference to the present Glossary, by Mr. Crow, Deputy Collector, was published in Calcutta, who was wrong only in supposing that the crude spelling of the Draft Glossary was final. Still more recently, the subject has been taken up by the Missionaries of England and America, and some eminent German Oriental scholars and philologers ; and several conferences were held, under the auspices of Chevalier Bimsen, for the purpose of fixing a standard in Roman characters for the expression of foreign forms of speech, whether possessed of alphabets or without them. Proposals for a Missionary alphabet founded on these discussions, have been published by my friend Maximilian Miiller, Professor of Modern Languages in the University of Oxford. There is no lack, therefore, of careful and competent investigation of the subject; and although uniformity of practice has not been, and probably will not be, the result, yet an approximation has been made to it, and the principle of analogy, where alphabets exist, is recognised as preferable to that of pronunciation. Where the language is unwritten, sound must be more or less the guide ; but with such forms of speech we have no concern, all the languages of the civilised races of India being provided with alphabets.

In the following pages the principle of analogy has been preferred, and the system of Sir William Jones has been pursued, with some modifications of detail, which will be particularised in the remarks on the table of equivalents, which will presently be given. Their object will be rendered more obvious by prefacing a few general rules for the conversion of one set of characters into another, and the observations which they suggest. The rules are in general harmony with those acknowledged as the basis of the Missionary alphabet. The observations have also reference to the propositions for its development.

I. The same letter should be invariably used to represent the same letter or the same sound: if a be chosen as the representative of the short vowel, it should never be allowed to alternate with e or m, o or oe.

II. The same letter should never be used to express two different letters or sounds.

viii PREFACE.

On this account I object to the proposal to represent both k and ch by k, although etymologically there may- be an affinity between them, as pointed out half a century ago by Dr. Gilchrist, in his recognition of the identity oikirk andi church. Etymology, however, is admitted to be a somewhat unsafe guide; and I would restrict k to its guttural duties, on the same principle as, inconsistent with this rule, I conceive it objectionable to give a double office to </, although it has such a duality in English, as in gin and (jun. It is proposed, indeed, to distinguish both the k and the g by printing them in italics when palatals, but the distinction is insufficient, as it is one of form, not of value, and is both uncouth and likely to be overlooked. My friend Miiller's "(?agatai /fingis' khan" will be much more consistently and correctly written "Jagatai Chingis khan," i. e. ch and k each having but one power.

III. Simple letters should, as far as possible, be used for simple letters.

On this ground, objections may be taken to the use of ch ; but although written as two letters, it has in English the power of but one: and although the nations of the Continent express it by combinations of a rather uncouth appearance, yet, as symbols have to be devised for sounds which are foreign to an individual alphabet, there is no good reason why one should not borrow of another. Ch, as a novelty, is not more novel than k as ch ; and the one has an existence, which the other has not. On this, and on the use of aspirates as simple letters, we shall have further occasion to animadvert.

It is sufficiently obvious, that if an alphabet of twenty-four letters is to express one of fifty or more, some contrivance must be had recourse to, to extend the elasticity of the former. If the sounds are wholly and radically strange, new symbols must be invented ; but if, as is most usual, they are only qualifications of sounds, of which, in the unmodified form, symbols exist, the latter may be adapted to these expressions conformably to the following: —

IV". Diacritical signs, lines, accents, or dots, are to be attached to the Roman letters, in order to enable them to represent modifications of the symbols or sounds which they themselves express.

The choice of these diacritical or distinguishing marks is matter of taste, or, more correctly speaking, of convenience. Sir William Jones objected to the ordinary modes of characterising long and short vowels as properly belonging to prosodial distinctions ; and as the use of accents was familiar to some of the European languages, he preferred their employment, and distinguished the long vowels by the acute accent in the middle of words, and by the grave accent in the last syllable : he also characterised the cerebral consonants by the accent. Dr. Gilchrist's representation of the vowels proceeded on a different plan altogether, and he expressed them by special equivalents. In his earliest scheme he distinguished pecuHar consonants by small circles above them, as i, d, &c. ; but in his final alphabet he substituted dots underneath t, d, s, z, z, and the like. Mr. Shakespear, in his Hindustani Dictionary, uses both, lines above or below, and dots underneath, as a, i, kh, s, s, &c. ; and Mr. Crow proposes, in various instances, a line, or a line and dot, below the letter, as a, i, k, k. It seems inexpedient, however, to diversify the diacritical marks beyond the distinction of vowels and consonants, and the acute accent' may be reserved for the long vowel, and dots underneath for the peculiar consonants : the latter have the advantage of being typographically more convenient, of being unobtrusive to the eye, and of being easily multiplied with any number of modifications of the original sound, as will be hereafter shewn.

V. The vowels are to have the powers which they enjoy in most languages except English, and especially in Italian ; and, as in Latin, quantity is not to be represented by a difference in the letter, the long and short vowel being held to be one and the same letter, the former being distinguished by the acute accent in whatever part of the word it may occur, as o, a, i, i, u, u.

It is in this respect that Dr. Gilchrist's system differs radically from that of Sir William Jones, and violates the rule with which we set out, as well as the preceding, in representing one vowel, varying only in the accident of quantity, by two or more, as the short a by u, the long by a, the short i by i, the long by ee, the short m by a new character, which he proposed to be co, and the long u by oo. There is no doubt that these equivalents represent to an English eye and ear the sounds of the original vowels more readily than the unaccented a or the accented { and u ; but they do not represent the original letters, and destroy all alphabetical identity. A vowel is the same letter, whether it be long or short, and in most languages, except our own, is so written. To represent the long vowel by one symbol and the short by another is to create a distinction where none exists, and to disjoin words which are closely connected. To change the short a to u, and leave a to represent the long, divides words which are essentially identical, and places one at the head and the other at the tail of a dictionary. Dabee, for instance, and dubea, are radically the same word : the

PREFACE. ix

latter occurs in Sir Henry Elliot's Supplement at an interval of forty pages from the former ; in the present compilation, as Ddbi and Dahia, they come as they should do together. However accommodating, therefore, to national peculiarities, the Gilchrist vowel system will never be universally adopted ; and accordingly it does not form an element in any of the schemes proposed for the Missionary alphabet. We shall have further occasion to advert to this part of the subject.

VI. Consonants of the same elementary sound, modified only by pronunciation, but expressed by different symbols, are to be expressed by one and the same symbol, distinguishing it as the equivalent of the original sign by dots underneath the letter, multiplying them according to the multiplied variety of the original sounds.

The multiplied modifications of sounds may be expressed by separate signs in the same alphabet, or they may occur in different alphabets with their respective representations. Thus we have five or six nasals in the Hindu alphabets, and five modifications of z in the Semitic alphabets, each of which it is necessary to represent separately, both with regard to the appropriation of the word to the language to which it belongs, and to discriminate between words of very different significations, although very nearly similar forms. Thus, in Arabic, kul means " all ;" in Karnata, kul is a payer of government revenue : they are not the same word, how- ever, even in form : the final /of the Karnata word being peculiar to its alphabet in figure, and slightly, perhaps, in pronunciation : it is therefore distinguished from the ordinary I which the same alphabet also possesses by a dot underneath. Pat, in Hindi, is " a leaf;" Pat, in Marathi, is " a plank :" the difference is in the t, which, in the latter, is the cerebral, in the former, the dental letter : the cerebral then is to be distinguished by the dot. Tar, Persian, is "a wire;'' Tar, Hindi, "a palm-tree:" the hard r indicated by the dot marks an essential difference. In the mouth of a native there is no doubt a different enunication of these apparently identical words, but the distinction is not easily caught by the European ear ; and as the general articulation is the same, it does not require to be represented by any other than a modified symbol. In proportion as these varieties increase, the diacritical dots may be multiplied to any required extent without becoming obtrusive or uncouth, as would be the case with accents ; n, for instance, is typographically less offensive than n. In some cases the marks may be dispensed with, as in that of the nasals, the value of which is* commonly determined by the following letter, and n before k or g would be necessarily the guttural nasal, and n before ch and,; the palatal letter ; and, except for the sake of systematic consistency, would not need to be distinguished as n, v. It has been proposed in the scheme for the Missionary alphabet to represent peculiar consonantal symbols by italics, or the cerebrals of the Nagari alphabet for instance, t, d, by ^, ^ ; but, besides that the presence of an oblique italic letter amongst the upright broad-faced Roman letters were offensive to the eye, the contrivance would be able to represent only a single modification. It could not, in the case of t be extended to the Arabic to (L), and it could not be possible to repeat an italic z three times over to represent the Semitic letter zo (k), although that may be easily typographed as z. The argument in favour of the italic letter is, that all founts are already provided with them, and not with dotted letters : the latter can, however, be provided with equal facility, if required.

VII. The aspirates of the original letters must be represented in European alphabets by a double letter, or the proper equivalents with the addition of h, as kh, gh, &c., considering the composite as representing a single sound.

We have here some slight difficulty as regards the English alphabet in the forms and powers of ch, th, sh : these, to be consistent, should be treated as aspirates, which they are not ; and they therefore constitute exceptions to the rule, that a single consonant with h added is to be regarded as a smgle aspirated letter. In order to avoid. the dilemma. Sir William Jones proposed to distinguish the aspirates by an apostrophe, separating the aspiration above, as in aswatiha ; Dr. Gilchrist, by a comma below, as h,h, k,h, &c, ; but these distinctions are inconvenient and scarcely necessary. There can be no misconception as to ch and sh, which in English and in Russian, as well as in the Indian alphabets, are simple sounds. Th with the sound of theta is not of frequent occurrence, and, if it be thought expedient, may be distinguished by a diacritical ■ mark as a line midemeath it, th, or even the Greek letter 0 might be borrowed, as it would harmonise well enough with the Latin characters. So, if it be considered indispensable that a single symbol should be always employed for a single unaspirated sound, the Russian ch (h) and sh (m) might be pressed into the service.

VII. When it, is necessary, as it is in the monosyllabic languages, and in some of those of barbarous nations, to express intonations, these may be designated by conventional marks or figures placed above or

d

X PREFACE.

below the letters, as has been proposed in the Journal of the American Oriental Society, Vol, IV. No. 2, by the Hon. C.W. Bradley, late Consul at Amoy ; but we have no concern with these at present in the languages of the people subject to the government of British India.

In conformity to the tenor of the rules thus laid down, I have adopted for the representation of the Oriental words that occur in the subsequent pages the system of equivalents described in the following Table, in which it will be observed that the characters of the English alphabet have been enabled to represent letters, in nine alphabets of thirteen Indian languages, without the introduction of a single new character. I may not be found invariably to have adhered to the scheme as it appears in the Table, partly from my not having definitively determined all the equivalents when the compilation was commenced, partly from occasional inattention or forgetfulness, and partly for special considerations strongly recommending a departure from imiformity. These deviations are, however, only occasional, and the Table may be accepted as embodying the plan which I have conclusively adopted, and which I think will be found to provide for the representation of all the alphabetical symbols hitherto known in India. The progress of events may bring other alphabets within the range of similar representation, and to them the principles of the scheme will admit, it may be expected, of its adaptation.

ARABIC.

SANSKRIT.

ENGLISH. 1

PERSIAN.

HINDI.

guzahIthi.

BENGALI

URIYA.

TELUGU.

KARNATj!

L. TAMIL.

MALAYALAM.

URDU.

MARATHl.

A

a

\

^ .

=^ . .

^ . .

21. . .

es ^ .

© "

S^. . .

c©ra

A

a

\ T

^T T .

=ni I .

^ 1

eil 1 •

es u _

e "3

% rr-

CS^ 0

A

a

t I

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Ai

ai

^ -^ .

^".

^ \

^ gV

SO '2,

S3 %

CO CCD S

6)ti& 6161

Au

au

j^ ;

^1 1.

-rn.

^ Z^

(l< c "1

i;" ^ "

io" '^

fip e err

eiT), 6)<^

B

b

1— > i

^ . . .

"I . . .

^ . .

0 . . .

&3 . . .

20 . .

u . . .

61QJ

Bh

bh

^.. . .

*r . . .

»!. . .

« . .

SI. . .

ep . . .

^ .

—

(3

Ch

ch

€ ^

^ . . .

=H. . •

F . .

0 . . .

^ . . .

^ .

<^ . . .

slJ.

Chh

chh

4r ■••

^ . . .

^. ■ .

? ■ •

s • • •

xp . . .

^ .

—

aJ3

D

d

i5 . . .

? • ■ •

4: . . .

Tf . .

SI. . .

cS . . .

(S .

? • • •

a

Dh

dh

^ii . . .

V . . .

H. . .

«r . .

y . . .

$ . . .

$ .

CO

D

d

<i . . .

3 . . .

s . . .

^ . .

g>. . .

^ . . .

^ .

!_....

OO

Dh

dh

.fcj ...

^ . . .

I . . .

T» . .

0. . .

$ . .

$

—

ru9

E

e

Lff >.

U

<il t

. ^ Q .

:i "^ .

^ ^

6T Q .

a® ©

/

E

e

TT

—

—

'^-^.

'^- -5

6J <o .

—

F

f

uJ i

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

G

S

^ r

IT . . .

01 . . .

Tt . .

. q. . .

X . . .

X . .

<5 . . .

CO

Gh

gh

4--.

^ . ■ •

H . . .

TT . .

. a. . .

*o . .

^ •

—

Q-ej

Gh

gh

t *

t *

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

H

h

\ ■ • ■'

r£ . . .

^ ■ •

• ?). . •

^ . .

iSb. .

—

ao

H

h

a> 5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

H

h

—

♦

o

o , , ,

o

o ■ •

o

• o ■ ■ ■

a

o . • .

o

o > .

—

o o

I

i

^ ^■

i( f'.

^ \.

^ f

a ^.

a "

. ©1.

^ 1

(

1

t ^■

—

^ ->

^ 1 .

^ ' .

-^ 'e

. rr- ^.

o6io n

J

J

t ^

■Si . . .

«•. . .

^ . .

. ff. . .

^ . . .

K

—

£^

Jh

jh

VR . . .

^ . . .

^ . .

■ ?1. . .

OOP . .

&p .

—

«5UJ

K

k

J' <

^ . . .

^h . . .

^ .

. Q. . .

s' . . :

^ . .

c5 . . .

cfc

K

k

J ''

^

"

~

—

•""

—

'

PREFACE.

xi

ARABIC.

SANSKRIT.

ENGLISH.

PEBSIAN.

HINDI.

aUZARATHl.

BENGALI.

URIYA.

TELUGU.

karnAta.

TAMIL.

MALAYALAM

URDU.

marAthi.

Kh

kh

t .^

^ . . .

•vt. . .

<t . . .

SI. . .

sp . .

so. . .

SLJ

Kh

V

—

—

—

—

—

—

l'

1

J 5

55 . . .

H. • .

5r . . .

Kl. . .

^ . . .

£> . . .

60 . . .

fi_l

L

i.

M

1

i

m

—

35 ■ • •

—

—

—

^ . . .

f . . .

6rr . .

a.

r * *

*t . . .

>l. . .

"SI . . .

SI. . .

^. . .

^ . .

Lp. . . LQ . . .

a

N

n

TT . . .

*l . . .

^ . . .

9!>. . .

r^ . . .

^ . . .

r5 . . .

no

N

n

♦

0

o

—

—

—

o

N

o

n

—

f^ . . .

ILL- • •

1 . . .

CI . . .

^ . . .

f3 . . .

0001 . .

srn

N

n

—

—

—

—

—

—

03T . . .

—

N

n

—

B! . . .

—

-s . . .

Q'. . .

23 . . .

Z5 . . .

€5 • •

ova

N

n

—

5T . . .

—

>JP . . .

f • •

C?3 . .

2o ^

ni_ . .

CWl

6

o

y ^

^ > .

^ 1

^ rt

a Q\

2o '^

s^ G-rr I? e-rr

6i 61-0

6

6

—

—

So ^

5o -%?

—

p

P

(_-> i

XI . . .

\ ■ . .

^ . . .

a. . .

S3 . .

SJ. . .

u . . .

.i-l

Ph

ph

IB • . .

X ■ ■ ■

¥ . . .

sr. . .

^. . .

^. . .

—

o-O

R

r

J ■ ■

x: . . .

^ . . ■

■^ . . .

Q. . .

o w

^ u

u . . .

(0

R

r

J ■ •

—

—

—

—

©9 . .

e© . . .

rp. . .

!P

R

r

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

O

Ri

ri

—

^ .•

—

^ .

Q,. . .

EOOO ^

^^ e)

—

8 o.

Ri

—

^ ^•

—

•»< «.

<3i

zoxr- ^

^o^^

—

® ec/

S

s

B . • .

^. . .

3T . . .

•a. • .

^ . . .

!6 .

s- . . .

cro

S

s

—

^ . . .

^- • .

f . . .

ci. . .

^ . . .

^ . . .

—

C/3

s

s

1^ <o

—

—

—

-^

—

—

—

—

s

s

ci> 3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Sh

sh

LT -

^ . . .

H . .

^ . . .

Q. . .

^. . .

^. . .

—

<a\

T

t

Cj 'i

TT . . .

d . . .

^ . . .

Z). . .

^ . . .

6 . .

^ . . .

(m

Th

th

^. . _.

^ . . .

§1 . . .

^ . . .

21. . .

Q . . .

9 . . .

LQ

T

t

(-1* i

Z . . ,

I . . .

fe . . .

J . . .

^ . . .

«...

1_ . . .

s

Th t

U

th

t

u

Z ■ . .

i . . .

^ . . .

0- . .

^ . . .

^ . . .

—

0

^ .•

@ .

^ ^

^. . .

d o

taj J

a ^

^ 3 ^o

tJ

u

•3i

?■••

■ ^ .

^. . .

& ^

tnjd) "-^

^err ^^

g.'2«3L(~3

V

' 1

J • •

g . . .

«l . . .

^

^ . . .

^ . . .

6U . . .

nj

w

w j

X

ksh

—

^ . . .

—

^ . . .

a. . .

CSX • ■

cax • •

—

—

Y

y

3 . .

^ . . .

21 . . .

TT . . .

a. . .

o:^ §

o& . .

UJ. . .

caj

Z

z

J ' •

—

-^

—

—

—

-^

—

Zh

z z

zh

z

z

A

J ■ ■ h . .

1^ lO

—

•'^ —

■^~

■~^~

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

z

z

\> "h

-

^

~

rf_«

PREFACE.

REMARKS.

A a represents the short A of the Indian alphabets ; it is found in English plentifully as an initial, as in " adore, amend, above." It occurs also as a medial in " woman," and as initial and final in "America," in aU which it has the dull sound of the common English u in " bud, but." It is the equivalent proposed by Sir WiUiam Jones, although he allows its alternating with E, a licence incompatible with our Rule I. The A has had the concurrence of Sir Charles Trevelyan, of the Calcutta Missionaries, Mr. Shakespear, Mr. Crow, and has been most usually adopted in the Transactions and Journals of the several Asiatic Societies. The proposed Missionary alphabet suggests for the short vowel w, e, or o ; but these are not necessary, and would be inconsistent with Rule I. The same objection applies to Dr. GUchrist's representation of a short, by u, however more congenial that may be to the practice of our own language, and although the a as repre- senting the short vowel, constitutes a stumbling block in the way of English articulation, which, it must be admitted, it is almost impossible to overcome. It is very dilEcult, almost impossible, to induce an English reader to pronounce Man as Mun, Pan as Pun, Sab, Sub, Thag, Thug, and the like ; but the diiBculty may be surmounted witli a little perseverance, and the spelling must be adhered to if consistency is to be observed. In conformity, however, to the prevailing prejudice, I have frequently inserted, in leading Hindustani words especially, the Gilchrist reading, as in Man, Mun, Thai, Thul, as parallel with the more correct form. Since, in the Index the letter U, either as an initial or medial, occurs twice over, the words that first come being identical with those having an initial or medial A, those that succeed having the proper vowel or Italian U, they are separated by a short line, thus, Bhuda, Bhudahur, equivalent to Bhada, Bhadahar, and the like, precede and are distinct from Bhu, Bhuband ; and Bubool, Buboor, precede and are distinct from BH, Bud, Bubu, and the like. Leading words commencing with Uas A, or as the vowel proper, are also separately classed.

The short A of the other Indian alphabets is pronounced commonly in Bengali as O, but it is not so written, the Bengali being essentially the same as the Nagari alphabet, and the value thus given to the vowel is merely provincial, and, in some degree, a vulgarism. I have not, therefore, altered the spelling, as the object of all the above equivalents is not the sound but the symbol, the letter as it stands in its own alphabet, and not as it may happen to be enunciated.

^ d is our letter in " far, car," expanded sometimes, in the pronunciation of Arabic and Persian words into a broader sound, as in " ball, fall, water." It is admitted by all the systems as representing the long vowel. In the table it is distinguished, after Sir WUliam Jones, by the acute accent. Dr. Gilchrist uses it unaccented, as he does not need to distinguish it from the short A ; Mr. Shakespear marks it by the prosodial mark, a line above the letter ; Mr. Crow would designate it by a similar line underneath ; but there does not seem to be any reasonable objection to the accent.

The Arabic letter c has always constituted a difficulty, owing not only to its peculiar articulation, but to its combining with the different vowel-sounds of a, i and u. Hence Meninski proposed to retain it unaltered, in which he has been followed by Richardson, Sir Charles Wilkins, and Mr. Johnson, and, in an abbreviated form, by Mr. Shakespear. Sir William Jones adopted this modification in his Grammar, but proposed in his Memoir to distinguish it by a circumflex, as a, i, u, which plan has been here adopted ; the appearance of the character itself in the midst of English letters being anomalous, and, to persons not acquainted with the Arabic alphabet, unintelligible, as for Dundt, Duc.dt, or for Ahd, cahd, for Babd, Babe, for Khildt, Khila't : Sir Charles Trevelyan agrees with Dr. Gilchrist in expressing it by a dot under the vowels .• Mr. Crow would employ two dots ; but as the letter is a peculiar one, it is perhaps best distinguished by a peculiar diacritical mark of its own. Its representation by 'A in the proposed Missionary alphabet would be wholly inadequate to its verification, as in Amlah, Ilm, Umr, and the like.

The diphthong Ai occurs in the word " aisle." For Au we have only, in English, the representative sound of ou, as in "hour," but the' compound is a + u, not o + u; and the above therefore follows Sir William Jones's plan, which is generally concurred in. Dr. Gilchrist proposed to express them by ue and uo, but few even of his disciples have followed him. Mr. Elliot generally writes them ei and ou, as in Bek for Bais, Gour for Gaur.

B is uniformly rendered, as in " beat, bad." The aspirate Bh, as Gilchrist observes, may be represented in " abhor" dropping the initial ; but it may be doubted if we have any exact equivalents in English for these

PREFACE. xiii

aspirated letters other than by the addition of the h, which, witli the unaspirated letter, is to be regarded, as it is in the Oriental alphabets, a simple sound.

The scantiness of the Tamil alphabet, comprising but eighteen consonants, has compelled the assignment of multiplied powers to certain of the letters, to enable them to express the Sanskrit words with which the language is copiously infused : hence the equivalent oi B u is also that of Bh, and is more especially the representative of P and Ph : the differences of value depend, in this case and in the analogous instances of ^ST and T, upon the position of the letter. As an initial, the u represents P, and so it does when double in the middle of the word ; but when single as a medial it represents either B or Bh. Thus, Mahdbharata is written in Tamil letters Mahapdrata, but it is pronounced by native scholars correctly according to its Nagari valuation. Some difficulty occasionally occurs with regard to the reduplication of these letters as medials. According to Beschi, the reduplication has only the effect of preserving for the letter its proper sound, as pa^aippan is nothing more than pagaipan. Rhenius, however, says that both are to be pronounced hard, as in iruppu, not as Beschi would make it, merely irupu. The preservation or rejection of the duplicate can only be determined by practice, the only essential point being the retainment of what may be considered the especial value of P, K, and T, as a medial when repeated.

C, except in the combination Ch, does not occur in the above scheme. Sir William Jones employed it to represent the K of the Nagari alphabet, retaining the K for the harsher Arabic guttural ; but in that case we employ two letters to represent but one, for the Arabic is only a modification of the guttural, not a distinct power. C, in Enghsh also, is an inconsistent letter, having, in fact, no power of its own but that of K before a and o, and of S before e and i : its use is therefore apt to mislead. It took me some time to read Sir William Jones's Cocila, not as Kosila, but KoMla, as it should be : so in a word in common use, Circar, we have one letter for two sounds, and two sounds for one letter, a breach of all system. C is therefore altogether discarded, except in the form of Ch, which, although written with two letters, is as much a simple sound in English as it is in Sanskrit. Mr. Crow proposes to represent it by C, but all other English orientalists retain the combmation. The sound is peculiar in some degree to English and Russian, although the Italians have it in ce and cio ; and its representation as tch or tsch in French and German is no doubt somewhat uncouth. For this reason, as well as to distinguish it from the guttural ch, as in macht, nicht, the German orientalists have latterly represented it by K with an asterisk, as k', and in the proposed Missionary alphabet the italic K is suggested. To this I have already objected, as employing one letter to represent two different letters, and therefore a violation of an important principle. There seems no reason for the non-adoption of the English form : in either case the equivalent is conventional : k' or K, with the sound of Ch, is quite as much an innovation as would be the graft of Ch itself on the German alphabet. The power it possesses must be explained and agreed upon in either case equally, and its being confounded with the guttural ch might be obviated by a diacritical point or ch. If, however, a single symbol that could not be mistaken for any thing else were thought indispensable, it would be preferable to borrow the Russian h. For English uses, however, it will be far the most convenient to preserve the combination. The aspirate of Ch or Chh is to be considered as a single sound. ,

Here, again, we have a case of the assignment of more than one power to one symbol in the Tamil alphabet, and Ch can only be expressed by &, which has to do duty also for /, for S, and for Sh. It has the power of Ch when double, as a medial following certain letters or I, or when single following t, as in k&niy&tchi. In Telugu, Ch before certain vowels has the sound of Ts, as / has that of Dz, but these are dialectical peculiarities, and do not alter the identity of the letter.

D and Dh, as dentals, require no comment: they are the same in all systems. But we have another D and Dh which are cerebrals, and are pronounced harder than the dentals, the d especially often becoming in pronunciation like a rough r, as ghoda is pronounced ghora. The letters, however, are the same. We have only to deal with modifications of sound, and these may be distinguished in all the consonants by a dot or dots underneath. Sir William Jones distinguished them by accents ; but besides the advantage of con- fining the accent to the vowels, the form of the d renders an accent over it, as 'd, typographically inconvenient. Dr. Gilchrist's final use of the dot, concurred in by Mr. Shakespear and Sir C. Trevelyan, has been adopted.

The representation of 2) in the English alphabet by the same letter in the Oriental alphabets has one exception, and we have nothing for it in Tamil, as observed above, but T, which has the power of T, Th, B, or Dh, according to its position : it is y as an initial, or as a medial when double ; it is Tli or D when medial and single.

xiv PREFACE.

E has the power of the vowel in French or Italian rather than in English, but we have it in the word " there." In Sanskrit, it is always a long vowel, but in some of the languages of the south of India a more prolonged sound is sometimes given to it, and different symbols are employed for it. Sir William Jones and Dr. Gilchrist both represent it by one symbol, E: the former accents it, as in Veda ; but I have thought it better to retain the accent for the more prolonged sound. The proposed Missionary alphabet suggests the italic E for the long letter.

F occurs with the same power in the Semitic alphabets. In the Indian dialects it has no representative, but the aspirated P or Ph takes its place, as Faisala, Phaisala.

G is the English letter in " go, gun," Gh in " ghost." In the two leading systems Gh is written g'h and g,h, but Mr. Shakespear and Sir Charles Trevelyan are satisfied with gh. The harsh Arabic guttural is a mere modification of the same sound, and is therefore indicated by Gh. Jones and Gilchrist rendered it simply by gh. Shakespear underlines it qJi.

For reasons already urged — the inconsistency of representing two different sjonbols by one, although in this case sanctioned by the practice of our own alphabet — I must object to the use of G with the power of J, as in " gin, general," as adopted by the German orientalists in the form of G', or as in the proposed Missionary alphabet in that of the italic letter G.

H occurs in various modifications in the Oriental alphabets, but they are mere modifications of the simple breathing, and may therefore be easily discriminated by dots : the two that are derived from the Arabic alphabet are not very nicely distinguished in Indian pronunciation. One may be something harsher than the other, and so far agrees with the strong Sanskrit aspirate, whilst the softer breathing of the Nagari alphabet, the Visarga, or sign of the nominative case, may be regarded as peculiar. Sir William Jones distinguishes the harsher forms by an accent, as AKmed. Gilchrist and Shakespear distinguish it by a dot underneath it. I have transferred the dot to the softer Arabic aspirate, as otherwise it would have been applied to two letters instead of one, which would be typographically less convenient.- I am afraid, however, I have not always observed or rightly applied the diacritical mark, having for some time hesitated as to its preferable application. The representation of the unmodififed flatus by an apostrophe, in the proposed Missionary alphabet, as ve'ement for "vehement," is too uncongenial to European habits to be readily concurred in.

I short is as familiar to English as to the Continental languages, as in " kin, king." J long is less familial-, but we have it in " police, pique, ravine." The accent is according to Sir William Jones. Gilchrist, as observed above, represents it by ee, which is objectionable on principle.

/in English, as in "just, join," corresponds exactly with the same letter in the Oriental alphabets. Foreign alphabets have it not, and, as has been observed, German writers propose to render it by g' or by the italic G ; but this has been already objected to, as using one letter to represent two sounds ; and, as of Ch, it may be said there seems no good reason why so convenient a symbol should not be borrowed from the English alphabet. The objection as relates to German is its present power in that language of Y; but as g' for / is equally strange to that alphabet, there is no ground for preferring one conventional sign to another, especially when the one is a fact as regards English, the other a fiction as regards both English and German. The aspirate Jh will follow the general analogy.

K is generally employed with its simple guttural power, as in "keep, king." The strong clicking guttural of the Arabic alphabet is only a modified sound, which may be expressed by a dot underneath, as K. Sir WiUiam .Jones, as above stated, reserved the Kiox the Arabic letter, and employed C for the simpler guttural. Gilchrist employed for the former, Q, without its usual qualification Qu, as in Qazi, in which he is followed by Sir C. Trevelyan. Shakespear marks it, as here proposed, by a dot underneath, which seems the simplest and most consistent mode of distinguishing it. To the use of k' or the italic K as the representative of Ch, I have already objected. The aspirate Kh is analogous to the preceding aspirates, and is to be regarded as a simple sound. There is also a minor aspiration as a final in Hindustani, arising from the omission of the following short vowel in the original, as Bhuhh for Bhuhha. This may be distinguished by a dot under the h, as h Bhukh; but it is not perhaps material. Mr. Shakespear distinguishes it by a double dotunder the h, as hh.

L, as in " Lord," needs no remark ; but there are two other modifications of this semivowel which require to be distinguished. One of them, the L of the Vedas, is used in Marathi, and in several of the languages of the south, being a rather harsher sound : this I have denoted as L. The other is peculiar to Tamil. Beschi says it is an X " quod crassiori sono reflexa omnino ad interiorem palati partem lingua pronunciatur. Anderson calls it a cerebral r when medial, a cerebral I when final. Rhenius directs it to be pronounced

PREFACE. XV

as Ir ; but tlie late Mr. Ellis represented it by zh, and he is followed by Mr. Clarke. As, however, there is sufficient authority for its being a modification of L, I have preferred adhering to that letter, marking it by two dots, as I. The enunciation is singularly obscure, and cannot be precisely represented by any written characters.

M, as in "mouth, mother," is the same labial in the, Oriental languages as in English. In Hindustani it is often represented before a labial by n, as in Bambu, sometimes written Banhu.

N offers a greater variety of symbols. There are four in the Nagari alphabet, all which exist in English, although not distinguished by separate letters, the distinction not being in the letter itself so much as in the influence exercised upon it by the letter that follows it, as a guttural, palatal, cerebral, or dental, as in the words " sink, change, ant, end," as I have shewn in my Sanskrit Grammar, p. 5. Hence it is, perhaps, scarcely necessary to provide the symbols severally with diacritical points, but they are added for the sake of consistency, as n, n, n, n. There is another n which is peculiar to the Tamil alphabet, although little different from the dental nasal in sound : this I have marked as n. Again, in Hindustani, and still more in Guzerathi and Marathi, there is a nasal, usually a final, though sometimes a medial, which is scarcely sounded, although it gives a sort of nasality to a preceding vowel, like the 7i in the French hon, soins : this it is proposed to denote by a small circle below the letter n. These marks, however, have not been very rigorously retained in the following pages.

0, like E, is in Sanskrit always long, but in the southern dialects there is a still more prolated quantity of it, which has been therefore marked by the accent. Perhaps it were more correct to treat the former letter as a short e or short o ; but they are scarcely as short as our e and o in " bed " or " gone." They hold more of a middle place, and are as often as not of Sanskrit derivation.

P requires no remark : it is the English letter in " parent, pair." Ph is to be treated as a simple aspirate, as in " up-hill," not as an F, although, as there is no equivalent for it in the Indian languages, Ph is always used for such Arabic words as begin with F, as Fakir, Phakir The use of the Tamil P (u) to represent ph as well as b and hh has already been pointed out.

Q is discarded from our system. Its employment for the Arabic K, as proposed by Dr. Gilchrist, has been noticed.

R offers various modifications. The usual semivowel has the sound of the letter in our " round, ruin." We have next a rougher r, and its aspirate rh, which, in Hindustani, alternate with the cerebral letters d, dh. Gilchrist, considering it as a nominal deviation from d, did not think it necessary to assign it a separate symbol ; but Mr. Shakespear discriminates it as here done, by a dot underneath. The alphabets of the south, Telugu, Kamata, and Tamil, have a second and harsher r, which is similarly distinguished as r. As, however, it is not, like the Hindustani letter, an alternation of d ; and as it offers some peculiar changes, it would have been better to have given it its peculiar mark, and written it with two dots, or r. In that case the third r of the Malayalam alphabet should be distinguished by three dots, not by two, as has been done in the following pages. The r of the Tamil and the r of the Malayalam are also, in some respects, identical, as, when doubled, they have the power of a double tt ; thus ^rri becomes Atti, in which form it appears in the Glossary, this being one of the cases in which a departure from systematic miiformity could scarcely be avoided. '

In connexion with R we have further to provide for the vowel-sounds of Sanskrit ri and ri, modified in the southern dialects as ru and rii. A dot under the r, as proposed by Dr. Gilchrist, is a sufficient distinction, ri, ri, ru, ru.

The modifications of the sibilant, as occurring in the same, or in different alphabets, require diacritical designations. The simple sibilant of the European and Indian alphabets, whether of Arabic or Sanskrit origin, is expressed by S, as in " sun, sound." The palatal S of the Nagari alphabet has no exact equivalent in English, but may be indicated by s, as by Shakespear : it is the s of Sir William Jones. In the dialects it is commonly pronounced, in words of Sanskrit origin, as sh somewhat softened, and it is so represented by Molesworth, Stevenson, Reeve, and others. The main objection to this is its being confounded with the more genuine representation of sh in the Sanskrit cerebral, and in our " shore, shun ;" and it is not exactly sh, although a thickened sound of the s. However, in conformity to a practice so general, I have given, in many instances of leading words, both forms, as s and sh. The Arabic alphabet has another form of s, that called sad or swad, which, in India at least, is a simple sibilant, although among the Arabs it may have a modified sound; by Erpenius it is called Dad, and by De Sacy, Dhad, making it a dental, but this is

xvi PREFACE,

not observed in India : to distinguish it from the Persian sin and Sanskrit s and s, two dots are subjoined, as s, A third modification of S, agreeably to Indian pronunciation, occurs in what is more properly the English lisping sound of th, as "thin, then;" so that thulth becomes in India undistinguishable from sub. In order to denote the difference it is written in the scheme with three dots below, as .v. In the Niskh alphabet it is termed thai muthalatha, or the trebly doted th, the dots being above, as Li>. The sh of the Nagari alphabet finds an exact representation in the English sh, which is not to be considered as an aspirate. It is a continental difficulty; but there seems no great reason why it should not be borrowed from the English alphabet, unless the Russian form be preferred, which has the advantage of being a single symbol.

T, the simple dental, has the same power in both families of languages as in English " tune, time." It occurs also as the cerebral letter in the English " ten, trumpet," and the Italian tutto. Its representation of d in Tamil has been explained above. In some of the dialects of the west and south, the dental Tis pronounced almost like the English th in " thin ;" but this is provincial, and the alphabetical character is merely T. Th and Th, dental or cerebral, are to be regarded as simple aspirates, and never as the English Th in " think." If ever necessary to represent this sound, it might be done by placing the dot under h, as Th, or by the use of the Greek Theta. The Arabic to (U) has, in that language, its peculiar articulation, but it is still only a modified T, and in India no difference is made. It is sufficient to distinguish it by a double dot as T, as is done by Mr. Shakespear.

Although, as a principle, the representation of pronunciation is not attempted in the present scheme, yet occasional departure from the rule is not always to be avoided, as has been instanced in the case of the double r of the Tamil and Malayalam becoming double tt. So, in the latter language, the cerebral t, although correctly written, is with a singular perversity, so constantly pronoimced as a cerebral d, and that in words of constant recurrence, that to have adhered to the proper form would have tended to produce greater perplexity than a breach of the rule ; thus kudi, and its derivatives hudi&n, &c., are properly written kuti, and nad is written ndt ; but they would not be recognisable under the correct spelling, and in these cases d has been substituted for t.

The vowels U and IJ have the Italian sounds proposed by Sir William Jones, and concurred in by Sir Charles Trevelyan, Mr. Shakespear, and the majority of authorities : we have the sounds as well as symbols in " full" and "rule." Shakespear marks the long vowel by the prosodial mark u ,- Mr, Crow by the same under the letter u. Dr. Gilchrist adopts oo for the long u, and suggested a new combination, w, for the short. His disciples, however, have abandoned this form, and are content to write both the vowels in the same manner, as in the English words, " foot, fool." The proposed Missionary alphabet distinguishes the long vowel by the italic letter u

V has the same sound in Sanskrit as in English ; but in Bengali and Uriya it is always changed to B, in symbol as well as in sound ; as hdri for vdri, harsha for varsha. The same change is not unfrequent in Hindi, as baras for varsha, sambht for samvat, whilst, in Guzarathi, if we may trust the Dictionary, there is a curious propensity to reverse this arrangement, and write v for h, as vlghu for highd, vtmo for bima. In all the dialects, also, there is a perpetual tendency to approximate the sound of v to that of w, or to substitute the latter altogether. Even in Tamil, in which the pure pronunciation of v is preserved according to Anderson and Rhenius, the change is not uncommon, and vdram is most frequently written wdram. According to Mirza Ibrahim, the wau of Persian should be pronounced vau, yet in Hindustani words derived from Arabic and Persian it is quite as often w as v, as wakll, vakil, wazir, vazir. In Marathi, according to Stevenson, we have both sounds, but for the same letter, g, the one exactly w, the other more like v, especially when before i, i, and e, and combined with ri or r. In Malayalam, Spring says it is v, and only w in composition, as Swarga. Peel and Bailey malce it w ; but the fact is that which is intimated by Mr. Clarkson, in his Guzarathi Grammar, the uneducated approximate the sound to ro, the educated to v. The use of w for V is, in fact, a sort of Indian Gockneyism, but as it is very prevalent, I have admitted the w to be the representative in various words of the Sainskrit v. As a final letter, v in the dialects often assumes the power of u, as in Guz, pav is pronounced pau.

It has been sometimes the practice to represent the Sanskrit ksh by the letter x, and there is no great objection to the equivalent; but ksh is an acknowedged compound of k and sh, and its representation, therefore, by a single letter would be unsystematic, neither is it necessary ; and I have therefore, in the Glossary, always retained the compound form.

PREFACE. xvil

The semivowel F finds unequivocal representatives in both classes of alphabets, as in " yoke, young." In Bengali, when uncompounded, its power is that of j, a curious contrast to the German, which gives toj the power of y. The proposed Missionary alphabet retains y.

\\ is quite a characteristic distinction between the Sanskritic and Semitic dialects of India, that the former are utterly destitute of the symbol and the sound of Z, whilst in the latter we have no fewer than five modifications. In the original Arabic these letters have individual powers, but with the exception of zh, the sound which were best represented by the French _; in "jour," no difference of pronunciation is made in India. As it is, nevertheless, necessary to preserve the distinctions of the form, for the sake of identifying the Roman with the Arabic orthography, this is effected by the same method that is followed in the case of other multiplied modifications by the number of dots, and the several symbols occur, as z,si,z,z; zh requires no mark, but it is to be regarded as representing a single letter.

By these simple arrangements, then, which do not pretend to the merit of originaKty, but are derived froin the practice of those Orientalists who have devoted, the most careful consideration to the subject, the various characters of nine alphabets current in India, amounting to sixty-four, have been, without any difficulty, represented by the twenty-four letters of the English or Roman alphabet It is no part of the present inquiry to extend the application of the scheme more widely, but the principle could no doubt admit of its extension to all the modifications of those sounds which the similar conformation of the organs of speech in all the races of man establishes in all spoken and written languages. There may be occasional novelties, but the greater portion of articulate sounds must be the same in all languages, and their modifications do not change their identity. The Tamil I or Ir is still an I, and the Arabic haf is a A ; and they may, therefore be expressed by those letters, indicating their modified enunciation and use by diacritical signs. Of course, for the purpose of expressing such signs, special characters must be added to the types now employed in English alone ; but the use once established, there would be no more difficulty in furnishing the Roman type intended for printing any foreign tongue, than there is now in equipping a fount with italic letters and the marks of punctuation.

This supposes a systematic plan for the representation of foreign tongues and Roman letters, but without insisting upon a very rigorous observance of the laws of such a system, it is obvious that it is very possible to introduce a scheme of equivalents which will advantageously displace the arbitrary, unphUosophical, and conflicting modes of writing Oriental terms, by which most publications regarding British India have hitherto been disfigured.

Any representation of the words of a language by other than its own characters will, however, be more or less unsatisfactory, and will fail to inspire imphcit reliance, unless checked by a comparison with the original letters. I have therefore endeavoured to ascertain the original forms of the words in their respective characters, and place them in contiguity with their English representatives. As the Oriental characters are not given in the official documents, their verification has been effected only by a laborious search through Dictionaries and original authorities. In a very few cases I have been unable to verify the original spelling, and in that case, if the authority was questionable, have omitted the word : when, however, there was reason to believe it genuine, I have inserted the term with a mark of interrogation, as " Ma6-Maw4sa (?) H." In some cases, the doubt has extended to the language, as in the case of '' Hari, Haria,'' where the interrogation takes the place of the initial representing the language. In the case of the slang of the Thags, the words are taken from Colonel Sleeman's Vocabularies, which do not contain the native characters, and rest entirely upon his authority, the English spelling which, in his lists, follows the System of Dr, Gilchrist, having been adapted to that used in the Glossary. The names of the servile tribes, as given in the various public reports on the subject, are also una,ccompanied by native characters; and, in general, sad havoc has been made with their orthography. In some cases they have been traced to their originals, and the names of others have been verified, by which, also, a source of much misapprehension, occasioned by looseness of language, has been corrected ; as where it is said, in the Bengal Reports, that the slaves are termed halts, kumars, chasas, kaihartts, and the like. They are no such thing: these are the names of castes who, for the gi^eater part, are free and independent, but who furnish domestic or prsedial slaves, their children being sometimes sold to slavery, or they become bond slaves themselves. There are, no doubt, slaves of these castes, but not by virtue of the caste, which is not necessarily servile.

/

xviii PREFACE.

The original alphabets amount to nine, the Arabic or Niskh character being applicable to Arabic, Persian, and Hindustani, and the Devanagari to Sanskrit, Hindi, and Marathi; the others have their respective individual alphabets. The preparation of so many unusual characters has been a matter of much cost, time, and trouble ; but it is due to Mr. Watts, the printer of the Glossary, to acknowledge the invariable readiness with which he has supplied the requisite founts, constituting, with other Oriental types in his possession, a richness of Oriental typography which no other press in this country can boast, and which is rivalled only by the Imperial Press of Vienna.

Composition in such diversified and uncommon characters has unavoidably led to some inaccuracies, to the correction of which I have not been myself always sufficiently attentive. My friend. Professor Johnson, has supplied me with some errata, chiefly in Arabic and Persian, and it is probable that other Oriental scholars will discover more. In Tamil I have had the benefit, for the most part, of the revision of Mr, Clarke. But when all the circumstances are considered, the comparative infrequency of Oriental printing in this country, and the impossibility of obtaining qualified assistance in the correction of the press, it will not be thought, perhaps, that the errors are very serious, or exceed a limit that might reasonably be expected.

Some mistalies will, no doubt, be observable, which may be ascribed to an imperfect knowledge of the several languages from which the terms are taken, amounting to thirteen — Sanskrit, Hindi, Bengali, Uriya, Marathi, Guzarathi, TamU, Telugu, Karnata, Malayalam, Arabic, Persian, and Hiiadustani, besides a few from other dialects. Of course I do not pretend to be conversant with all these tongues. Of some of them I may have acquired more or less knowledge, but of the greater number I have little more than the letters and the most elementary rudiments, sufficient to enable me to consult a grammar and a dictionary. The interpretation of the terms collected, however, it must be remembered, does not usually rest upon my responsibility. Their application, and, in some instances, their explanation also, lies with the authors of the documents whence they have been extracted ; and there is evidence that the words are not always consistently used or accjurately defined. In general, however, the sense of the words may be made out from the context, and their use is not so much characterised by the -want of correctness as by insufficiency of detail and absence of precision. Errors of explanation, however, do occur, as in one report, where Be-danistagi is explained " knowingly," when it implies exactly the reverse : it is possibly, however, a typographical error for ha-d&nistagi, which would have the meaning of " with knowledge." Difference of interpretation, however, may occur, without any mistakes being committed, as the word possibly bears a different sense in different places. Ahar, for instance, usually implies a small pond, but in some places it means a continuous embankment. Chatwar is explained in one place " the land between the houses of a village and its arable land," and in another, " the homestead or ground adjacent to a house." Perhaps this is rather want of exactitude than a different meaning. In a recent document, Foras is explained " waste land adjacent to cultivated land, and granted to the cultivators of the latter at a quit rent:" this is not wrong; but a subsequently printed report on the Foras lands of Bombay shews that it is not sufficiently comprehensive, the Foras lands forming an extensive part of the Island of Bombay reclaimed from the sea, which the inhabitants were encouraged to bring into cultivation by a low rate of rent. These are imperfections which the multiplication of authentic documents will gradually amend.

Even variations of spelling are not always to be regarded as originating in error : they may be local, arising from dialectic peculiarities, and the inability of one alphabet to express the letters of another. Jamin for Zamin, Jaminddr, or even Jamlddr, for Zamind&r, are not wrong : they are the necessary forms which the Arabic words must take in the Hindi, Bengali, and other Hindu characters, &c. ; TaAlluha necessarily becomes Taluk in its Hindu version ; and Mdphi and Mdmld represent what are originally Muaafi aniMuMmlat.

In the arrangement of the contents of the Glossary I have thought it advisable to bring compound and derivative forms under their general parent, as likely to give a more definite notion of their purport. This classification has recommended the occasional introduction of words that may be regarded as not at all technical. Jb, " water," for example, is an ordinary Dictionary term, but I have inserted it at the head of its compounds, such as Ahddr, Abi, Abistani, which have a special or technical application, the force of which will be better appreciated when the meaning of Ab is referred to. I have, however, been chary of this extension, and many such general words will not be met with.

As a consequence of arranging compounds and derivatives under their respective primitives and radicals, a strictly alphabetical order has been departed from, and this has imposed the necessity of adding an

PREFACE. XIX

Alphabetical Index. Such an addition was also indispensable, for another reason, constituting the main usefulness of the compilation. The forms under which native words occur in public documents are much more frequently wrong than right— corrupt and blundering misrepresentations of the original. Yet it is of them especially that the uninitiated reader requires to know the signification ; and in order to provide him with this assistance, whatever corruptions have been met with have been inserted. There are probably still more to be found, for it is impossible to affix limits to carelessness and ignorance ; but most of those which are most frequent have been, it is believed, included. In order to avoid repetition, as well as to shew what the words ought to be, the corruptions are grouped round the correct form; as, Kahuliyat, corruptly Cabooleat, Kahooleat, Cuhalyt, Quobooleut, Coobooleai, Kuhooleeat, Kahoolet, Cuhoolyat ; and the reader meeting with either of these has to turn to Kahuliyat only, for its signification ; but of course, without a previous knowledge of the correct form, he will be unable to recur to it, and the Glossary would be an instrument of which he could only imperfectly avail himself. This difficulty is obviated by the Index, which is invariably alphabetical, and in which, it is hoped, will be found whatever term may be desiderated, whether correct or corrupt. The references to page and column will not be attended with any material embarrassment : that which is made to the line of each column may be less readily effected from the omission of the figures which should have been inserted at least in fives or tens in the margin ; but the advantage of such addition did not occur to me until far advanced in the work ; a little practice, however, will soon render this reference also sufiiciently easy, especially as every column contains the same number of lines, or forty-five. The preparation of this Index, the work of my own hand alone, has been attended with some labour and still greater delay, and has retarded the publication. It is, however, at last completed, and will, it is hoped, be found of use to the servants of the Company, and to all who, in England or in India, may wish to understand the objects and implements of the civil administration of the latter country.

Although these prehminary observations have perhaps rather exceeded the limits of an Introduction, it wiU probably be expected that some account should be given of the several languages from which the words of the following compilation are derived, especially for the benefit of those by whom the diversity of tongues that prevails in the territories of British India may be imperfectly appreciated. This unacquaintance with the polyglot nature of the current speech of India is not confined to individuals who have had no opportunity of personal observation, but may sometimes be evinced by those from whom more accurate information might be anticipated. A distinguished public character, for instance, a member of the late Committee of the Commons for the affairs of India, and long known to be conversant with its interests, observed to me, when I had occasion to mention Malayalam, that it was a language he had never heard of before ; yet it is an ancient and cultivated form of speech current through an extensive and well-known tract of country, and the vernacular language of numerous suitors in several of the Judicial Courts and Revenue CoUectorates under the Madras Presidency.

The languages of British India resolve themselves into two classes, although in somewhat unequal proportions ; the speech that has grown up from an admixture of the original languages of the Mohammadan conquerors with those of the Hindus, Urdii or Hindustani, constituting one class, the other being formed of the different dialects of the Hindus. The former may be considered as perhaps more than equal in extent to any single form of the latter, but it is loosely spread, and at considerable intervals, over the sm'face. It is concentrated only at the still subsisting Mohammadan courts, as Delhi, Lucknow, Hyderabad. It is elsewhere restricted, in a great measure, to the Mohammadans, by whom, in many parts of India, especially in Bengal, it is greatly corrupted. It is very commonly in use among the native officers of our courts, especially in communication with their European superiors ; and it is extensively, although not always accurately, understood by the commercial and trading classes. It is understood, after a fashion, by the Sip4his of the Gangetic provinces, but the agricultural population are little, or not at all, acquainted with it, even in Upper India. In the South it is, of course, wholly unknown to them, and is very little understood by the other classes. When the College of Fort WilHam was first organised, hberal encouragement was held out to native Hindustani scholars to become instructors, and many of the early teachers were men of high literary distinction among their countrymen. Several of them, under the guidance of Dr. Gilchrist, composed useful books, which were printed, and are still in use. Well-known Grammars and Dictionaries have also been compiled by different European scholars, and ample materials, therefore, are provided for facilitating the acquire- ment of the language. The Bengal civilian is required to master it as one condition of his employment in the

XX PREFACE.

Lower Provinces ; for although Bengali be the language of the people in most of the districts, yet, hesidesthe use of the Hindustani in the Sadr Courts and in Calcutta, it prevails, in greater or lesser approximation to Hindi in the Zilas of Bahar, Pumea, Tirhut, Saran, Bhagalpur, and Shahabad, and is therefore indispensable even in the Presidency of Bengal.

Under the Mohammadan Government the language of judicial and revenue proceedings was Persian, borrowing lavishly from Arabic, in which the principal legal authorities are written ; and until within a comparatively recent period, the English Courts followed the example of their Mohammadan predecessors, and all the proceedings were recorded in Persian. Although this is no longer the case, yet the employment of that language, and of terms derived through it from Arabic for centuries, could not fail to influence the spoken languages of the country ; and Hindustani comprises a large proportion, perhaps a third, of Arabic and Persian words. They are not wanting in Hindi ; and even the purer Hindu dialects of the South, Tamil and Telugu, are copiously interlarded with technical terms borrowed from this source, and more or less modified to suit the vernacular" pronunciation.

As, besides the extensive use of official terms of Persian and Arabic origin, the latter is the language of the authorities of Mohammadan law, it has of course been necessary to comprehend it as weU as Persian in a vocabulary of the judicial and fiscal nomenclature of India, as far as it owes its origin to them. A fuU and authentic description of the principal authorities on Mohammadan law, accessible in India by Mohammadans and Europeans, is to be found in the Introduction to Morley's Analytical Digest.

Although the Sanskrit has not supplied the administration of India with technicalities to the same extent as Arabic, yet, being the language of the laws of the Hindus, it furnishes, in its unadulterated form, a copious vocabulary of words relating to caste, to contracts, to inheritance, to marriage, and to a variety of the incidents of Hindu life ; and it still more abundantly pervades the different Indian dialects, supplying them with the ordinary designations of trades and occupations, the terms of agriculture, the names of plants and animals, the affinities of relationship, and an infinity of words connected with the social circumstances of the people in all parts of India which come within the scope of the present compilation. Combined with Arabic, therefore, it forms the great groundwork of the official language of law, of revenue, and of manners and customs throughout British India. The absence of a competent knowledge of it is painfully displayed in most of the official docinnents, although the works of Colebrooke, Ellis, Sutherland, and Macnaghten, besides sufficient elementary works, render a conversancy with its technology at least of comparatively easy attainment. A like copious and learned account of Sanskrit authorities on Hindu law as that of the authorities of Mohammadan law is given in the same valuable work.

As the most direct offset from Sanskrit, we may begin, amongst the vernacular tongues, with the Hindi, although the term is rather indefinite, being scarcely applicable to any single modification of the language spoken by the thirty millions of the Hindus of Hindustan. Each province may be said to have its own form of Hindi ; and in Bahar, Bhojpur, Benares, Bindraban, Delhi, various shades of it are known Tuider the appellations of Magadhi, the dialect of Magadha or South Behar ; Maithili, that of North Bahar or Purnea and Tirhut ; Bhojpuri, that of Bhojpur ; Pdrbi, Eastern, Braj Bhdkha, or the speech of Braj, and others.

There is, however, a sufficient concordance to render any one form of comparatively easy acquirement to one who, in addition to a competent knowledge of Hindustani, possesses a stock of Sanskrit vocables ; for the grammar of Hindi is, in the main, the same as that of Hindustani, whilst nine-tenths of its words are Sanskrit. There is, however, a great want of the necessary helps to its acquirement. The pecuHarities of the Hindi dialects have never been investigated, and we have a grammar of only one of them, the Braj, which is somewhat meagre. There is nothing that deserves the name of a Dictionary. The books usually read, the Baital Pachisi and Sinhasan Battisi, are little else than Hindustani disguised in Nagari letters ; and the Premsagar is the only work that is an authority of any value. There is, however, a Hindi Literature of some extent, from which serviceable extracts might be made, particularly from the Ramayana of Tulsi Das, and the Mahabharata of Gokulnath, both of which have been printed, although little known in Europe. From these and other available sources, and from personal investigation, it would be very possible to analyse the specialties of each provincial dialect of Hindi, and thus render an important service to the philology of Gangetic India.

The next immediate offset from the Sanskrit is the language of those provinces of the Bengal Presidency in which Bengali is current. The Presidency, as already observed, includes districts to which that language

PREFACE. xxi

is foreign, and in those in which it prevails, there are, no doubt, important local modifications. The Bengali of Midnapur is probably somewhat different from that of Chittagong ; I say probably, for, if possible, we know less of the dialects of Bengali than of Hindi. Little was known of the language when the College of Fort William was founded. According to my late friend, Ram Komol Sen, in the Introduction to his English and Bengali Dictionary, there were no adequate means of knowing much about it from the almost total absence of any literature. With the College came into existence the books at present in use : they were necessarily the work of Pandits, and they were consequently little else than Sanskrit compositions with a Bengali grammatical structure. Of late years, elementary as well as other works have rapidly multiplied ; and a list compiled by the Rev. Mr. Long shews a series of fifteen hundred publications m Bengali from the presses of Calcutta alone. It is doubtful, however, if sufficient use is made of this opportunity of selection, and the publications in question are liable, for the most part, to the original defect : they are not the language of the people. This character applies especially to the best dictionaries yet published, those of Dr. Carey and Professor Haughton, both learned and laborious works, but works in which one may look in vain for a large proportion, perhaps the largest, of the spoken Bengali. Here, again, is an ample field for investigation, the successful exploring of which would be not only of philological but administrative benefit. A real knowledge of the speech of another thirty millions of people should not be an object of indifference to their rulers ; nor should the materials for its acquirement be suffered to remain imperfect, even if no loftier aim were entertaiaed than that proficiency in Bengali, which is required as a condition of public employment from the junior civilian.

Conterminous with Bengali on the south-west is the province of Cuttak, in which the Uriya language, or that of Orisa, is current. It is framed from the Sanskrit stem, and of near affinity to Bengali ; but it has its own alphabet, grammar, and vocabulary. We have a useful grammar and dictionary of Uriya by Mr. Sutton, but the latter is scarcely sufficiently comprehensive. Of the languages of the barbarous tribes inhabitmg the hills and forests of the western portion of the district, the Khonds and Gonds, very little is yet known : the populati6n of the province is estimated at four millions and a half

Of the direct descendants of Sanskrit, which are current in Central and Western India, Bundelkhand, Malwa, and the Rajput States, nothing is known beyond then- general connection with the Hindi family : no attempt has ever been made, except in the Serampur translations of the Scriptures, to obtain any conversancy with them, or convey a knowledge of them to others ; yet it is evident, from the quotations made by the late Colonel Tod from the great record of Rajputana, the Prithi Rai Raisa, that the dialects have national peculiarities, which must be acquired before a free intercourse can be maintained with the people. The same may be said of Panjabi, of which, at present, little or nothing is known, except as to its being one of the great Sanskrit family. Since, however, the province has been " annexed," we may hope to become acquainted with its speech, and elementary works are beginning to make their appearance, although on a limited and inadequate scale. A well-digested and comprehensive dictionary should be set about without delay, especially as in the Sikh books there are copious materials for such a compilation, not forgetting, however, as has been too often the case, the spoken language of the people.

Proceeding westward and to the south, we come to two important languages, which are those of the Courts and Collectorates of the Presidency of Bombay — Guzarathi and Marathi, both members of the Sanskrit stock. Little has yet been done for the first of these, and for many years we had nothing to apply to but the very elementary work of Drummond, the Rudiments of Guzerathi and Marathi, published in 1808. In 1829 a more copious grammar, by Mr. Forbes, of the Civil Service, was lithographed at Bombay, and a second edition was printed in 1845 : since then other useful grammars have been published. We have also a dictionary by Mirza Mohammad Kasim, which, although of limited extent, is very serviceable as far as it goes. The population of the country is somewhat uncertain, but it is estimated at about three millions. The Zila Courts in which the language is chiefly required are those of Ahmadabad, Baroch, and Surat

The language of the Marathas is still more important, as spoken by a still more numerous body of people, and more diligently cultivated both by natives and Europeans. It has a copious literature of its own, and this has been enriched by translations from English works of literature and science, as Duff's History and De Morgan's Algebra. The Missionaries have also published a great number of tracts and translations. We have several useful grammars and the very best dictionaries of any native tongue in Molesworth's Marathi and English Dictionary, an improved edition of which is in progress, and Molesworth

ff

xxii PREFACE.

and Candy's Dictionary, English and Marathi. In these works we have what is so much missed in other similar compilations— the language of the people as well as the language of thebooka Still, however, something has to be effected, particularly with respect to the dialects of the Marathi. That spoken in the Konkan, for instance, differs so much from that which is current on the east of the Ghats, that the Serampur Missionaries translated the New Testament into it as if it had been a distinct form of speech, which brought upon them the scarcely deserved severity of the late Colonel Vans Kennedy's criticism. Very possibly there are other modifications of which a knowledge would be of service. The population by whom, in one or other form, Marathi is spoken, is rated at about eight millions. The ZUa Courts in which it is principally current are Ahmadnagar, Ratnagiri, Khandesh, Puna, Konkan, and Sholapur. At Dharwar it is mixed with Karnata. Formerly, a knowledge of either Marathi or Guzerathi was required as a condition of public service by the Bombay Government, but either was made secondary to proficiency in Hindustani ; and as it was the practice to attach the young civilian to the Court of a Judge or Collector before his proficiency had been tested, it commonly happened that no test was ever applied, especially with regard to a second language, and the latter was left to independent and voluntary exertion : of course the acquirement was rare. Very recently, however, more stringent measures have been announced, and the Botabay civilian is expected to qualify, in either Marathi or GTizerathi, in nine months at furthest, under penalty of removal from the service : the term allowed is something of the shortest.

The Presidency of Madras embraces a greater variety of distinct divisions and of languages than that of Bombay ; and here we also lose that direct descent of the native languages from the Sanskrit which is so unmistakeably evident in the Hindu languages of Central and Northern India. Modern philology traces those of the South of India to the Ugrian, Tatar, or Mongolian stock, difficult as it is to comprehend how or when the population of the Dakhin immigrated from the steppes of Central Asia. Whatever the origin, however, of these languages, they are dependent upon Sanskrit, in a greater or less degree, for their literature, and for the language of their religion, their institutions, and their government. Although they are all nearly connected, yet there are obviously two main divisions, one comprehending Telugu and Karnata, the other Tamil and Malayalam ; and we shall proceed to offer a few notices of them in that order, derived especially from the remarks of the late Mr. Ellis, the most accomplished oriental scholar that has done credit to the civil service of Madras.

The Telugu, as stated in Mr. Ellis's memoir, forming part of the Introduction to Campbell's Telugu Grammar, is the vernacular language of the Hindus on the coast of Coromandel, extending from the Dutch settlement of Pulicat on the south, just above Madras, northwards through the Northern Sarkars to Cliikakol, and spreading westwards from the coast to the frontiers of Maisur on the south, and on the north through part of Berar and the territories of the Nizam ; meeting on the north with Uriya, on the west with Marathi and Karnata, and on the south with Tamil. It is consequently the language of the Zila Courts and CoUectorates of Belari, Gantur, Nellur, Rajamahendri, Chikakol, Kadapa and Masidipatam, as well as the non-regulation districts of Ganjam and Vizagapatam, and is current, according to estimate, amongst nine millions of people. There are good practical grammars of the language by Messrs. Campbell and Brown, of the Madras Civil Service ; and to the former we owe a dictionary, Telugu and English, of which the only defect is its want of comprehensiveness. Reversed dictionaries of English and Telugu have been published by Messrs Morris and Brown, and the same gentlemen have supphed very useful selections for study. There is a considerable body of literature in Telugu, principally consisting of translations from Sanskrit, which enters extensively into the body of the language. A knowledge of Telugu is required of the civil servant of Madras before he is capable of public employment.

The Karnata, or, less accurately, the Canarese language, has an alphabet scarcely differing from that in which Telugu is written, and the radicals of the two languages are essentially the same : a large proportion of the words are also the same, whether indigenous or Sanskrit, modified by slight variations of inflexion and peculiarities of pronunciation. There is a Hterature partly original, but, in a stUl greater degree, translated from Sanskrit; but no Karnata works had been prmted until lately, when encouragement has been given to the publication of lithographed copies of some popular compositions. We have, however, long had a serviceable grammar and dictionary of Karnata, the former by Mr. M'Kerrell, a Madras civihan, published in 1820, and the latter, both Karnata and EngUsh, and English and Karnata, in fotir volumes quarto, by Mr. Reeves, of the London Missionary Society. The former follows Captain Wilks in his description of the

PREFACE. xxlii

limits through which the language is in use — from Bedar, north-west of Haidarabad, passing by Adoni and through Nandidrug to the Eastern Ghats, the course of which it follows untU it passes by Koimbatur, and, rminmg to the north-west, ascends to the sources of the Krishna, whence it returns to Bedar. It is used also, but with other dialects, on the sea coast in the interval between the Principality of Kurg and the Portuguese territory of Goa, to which tract the designation of Canara is, with questionable propriety, restricted. The Zila Courts where it is chiefly employed are those of Honawar, Mangalur, and Dharwar ; but it is in use generally throughout Maisur. The population of whom it is the vernacular are estimated at about two milKons. Encouragement is held out, in the shape of pecuniary rewards to the junior civilians of the Madras Presidency, to acquire some knowledge of Karnata in addition to those languages which are indispensable, or Tamil and Telugu.

The Tamil language is one of those of which a knowledge is highly essential in the provinces subject to the Presidency of Madras, and it is accordingly one of the two of which the study is now imperative on the Madras civUian. It is the language of the country termed, in Sanskrit, Dravira, comprising the provinces of the Coromandel coast, from a short distance north of Madras to Cape Komorin, and extending inland to the limits of the Karnata language. It comprises, therefore, the Presidency Courts, and those of Arcot, Salem, Koimbatur, Kumbhakonam, Trichinapalli, Madura, Tinivelli, and is spoken, it has been estimated, by five millions of people. There are two dialects, or, perhaps, rather styles of it — Shen and Kodun, or high and low Tamil — in both of which there is a copious literaiture, Tamil having been highly cultivated at as early a date as the ninth century, when a college, estabHshed at Madura for its especial encouragement, was in a flourishing condition. Ample means for the acquirement of its structure exists, as the Missionaries of both the Roman and Protestant Churches have long ago contributed ably to its illustration. Beschi's grammar of the common dialect was published in 1728, and that of the higher Tamil has been translated by Mr. Babington. A grammar of the current language, by Ziegenbalg, was printed in 1716. The originals of these were in Latin, but more recently an excellent grammar has been published by Rhenius, in English. We have also an Enghsh Grammar by Mr. Anderson. We are indebted to the Missionaries also for Tamil dictionaries, but the first published is printed in an uncouth type and on bad paper, and is now scarce. A much more comprehensive dictionary, Tamil and English, was undertaken by the late Dr. Rottler, and has been printed in four parts. Unfortunately it was left by the compiler unfinished, and it has been printed in a defective state, long lists of Tamil words being inserted without any English interpretation. The portions which are translated form much the larger share, and the manner in which what has been done is efifected enhances the regret that some competent scholars should not have been employed to render the work entire. The language is difiicult of acquirement, but with these helps it is to be mastered. It is no doubt, in its origin, independent of Sanskrit, but, to judge from the dictionary, admits of Sanskrit insertions as freely as any other of the southern dialects. It is also peculiar in its deaUngs with Sanskrit words, so that, without a previous knowledge of the latter, it is scarcely possible to recognise them in their Tamil form. It has, as shewn above, a scanty alphabet. It has no aspirates, and abhors compounds ; and therefore substitutes unaspirated letters for the former, and resolves the latter into syllables ; Bharata, therefore, becomes Pdrada, and Grdmam, Kirdmam ; for S'iva-prakdsa we have Siven-pirikasan, and for Tattwam, Tattuvan. It is evident that Tamil scholars who are not Sanskrit scholars also must be continually embarrassed by these equivocal expressions.

Radically related to Tamil, but employing a different alphabet modelled on the Devanagari, and differing very frequently in its grammatical structure, is the Malayalam or .Malayalma language, which is spoken along the southern portion of the Malabar coast from Quilon to Cape Kumari. North of Quilon, as far as to Goa, the Tuluva, which is a distinct dialect, although of the same derivation as the Malayalam, is the provincial form of speech, though much intermixed with other dialects, especially Karnata ; and, according to Mr. Ellis, the Koduga or Kurg language is a modification of Tuluva. The Kurg Raja, however, when in England, wrote in the Karnata character, and declared that to be his native tongue. Besides the relation of the order of the alphabet, the Malayalam abounds, more perhaps than either of the other dialects of the south, in Sanskrit derivations, in a proportion exceeding a half, equal perhaps to three-fifths of the whole under the two heads which Mr. Ellis specifies as common to the dialects of Southern India, Tat-samam, pure Sanskrit words, or Tad-bhavam-, derived from Sanskrit. The Desya, or native words of the country, may also be divided into Tamil Tatsamam, or pure Tamil, and Tamil Tadbhavam, derivatives from Tamil.

xxiv PREFACE.

There are several serviceable grammars of the language. One was published by Mr. Drummond, of the Bombay Medical Service, soon after the province was subject to British authority, or in 1799 ; — but this is now superseded by the grammars of Mr. Spring, of the Madras Civil Service, and the Rev. Mr. Peet, of the Church Mission Society. There are also good dictionaries, Malayalam and Euglish, and English and Malayalam, by the Rev. Mr. Bailey, of the same Society. There is a dearth of printed books, but something has been lately done to provide students with the means of study. Malayalam is the language of the Zila Court of Kalikat, or Calicut, and it mixes with Karnata in the Courts of Honawar and Mangalur. It is spoken by about two millions and a half of people, inclusive of North and South Canara.

These are the principal languages of British India, but there are others which are of growing importance, although not yet forming objects of official requisition. In the north, the Bhot dialects, which spread through the Himalaya districts, are of Tibetan origin, and terms from the latter find their way into the language of administration. The grammar and dictionary of Csoma Korosi are the only means of becoming conversant with the language ; and no English scholar has yet trodden in his steps, although Petersburgh and Paris can boast of cultivators of Tibetan. The Panjabi, of course, becomes of primary importance; and our intercourse with our neighbours, the AfFghans, renders Pushtu a valuable acquisition ; but nothing has yet been effected towards facilitating the acquirement of the latter beyond the very circumscribed grammar and vocabularies of Lieiitenant Leech, or of the former, except the similar publications of the same inteUigent officer, and a grammar, vocabulary, and dialogues, by Captain Sterling. On the west, a knowledge of the language of Sindh has become essential ; and here, also, the means are yet limited, although they begin to be supplied in a grammar and short dictionary by Captain Stack. Of the dialects of the HiU tribes on the east, from Asam to Arakan, all that is yet known is from the comparative vocabularies of the Rev. Mr. Brown and of Mr. Hodgson, the object of which is rather comparative than practical. When we get to Arakan we come upon the Burma language, a knowledge of which, since the annexation of the provinces along the coast from Arakan to Tenaserim, is indispensable to the government of an extensive tract of country and a numerous population. There are grammars of the language, sufficient to enable the European to acquire it, by the late Missionaries Judson and Hough, and by Captain Latter. There is also a good English and Burma dictionary, by Mr. Lane ; but a comprehensive Burma and English dictionary is stUl a desideratum. There is a want, also, of printed books, which might easily be multiplied from the copious stores of Burma literature, both historical and Buddhist.

To give liberal encouragement to the preparation and publication of these and similar works in all the languages current in the wide provinces and among the many miUions of people subject to its authority is the positive duty and the obvious interest of the Government of British India. Much has, no doubt, been accomplished; but it may be questioned if the encouragement that has been given has been always judiciously bestowed. The efforts of individuals must always be desultory, and will often be ineffective. There wants a systematic course of proceeding, and the selection of competent agents ; and it might be worth while to adopt official arrangements for ascertaining what has been done, and what remains to be done, towards providing the civil and mihtary servants of the Company with ample and adequate means of acquiring a command of all the languages through which they may have to minister to the necessities and claims of the different races amongst whom the course of service may call them. In the meanwhile the following pages will, it is hoped, contribute to facilitate their acquirement of the qualifi- cations which are indispensably necessary for the due performance of their important functions — knowledge of the languages, and knowledge of the people, of India.

H. H. WILSON.

London, January 1855.

ERRATA.

PAGE COL

LINE

•2 '

1

80

For ^IWH'l read ■^IcKM-

8

1

31

Diwani, read Diwani.

9

1

17

Jib read jvclS. .. Kaghaz, read Kaghaz.

10

2

7

.. imra read imnir.

11

2

31

.. Agwasi, read Agwasi.

13

1

5

Mahmud, read Mahmud.

20 30

. Jiiii readmit). . Jaigir, read Jaigir.

18 15

1

1

5

7

.. ,<<^ t read ^<l*w!. Sy=-\j read J-a-lj.

18

1

20

.. .jJ^aX) read ^T^'O:).

20

2

42

. jVf read^' ji. .. Guzar, read Guzar.

21 22

1

2 1

31

45

28 3

.. jiiJ read jliiJ. .. <0(n1 read '^f^-

.. aili read 2JLQ.

.. Amavaludaua, read Ainuvaludana.

..

15

.. Dahale, read Dahale.

..

2

11

.. ^^ read ^^.

6

.. Ambarakkadai, read Amb^rakkadai

23

2

38

.. Mumanin, read Muminin.

25

2

19

.. O read &.

26 27

2 1

36 39

■■ -gkr^ read ^Ot^. .. Da», read Dar.

,.

42

.. Kar read Kar.

29

2

33

.. '3Ttff5Tt«< read '3rtf»W°'^.

31

2

3

.. Araji, read Arazi. . ijof- read ^j\ .

33

1

37

•■ c^]/: read (_^j;l. .. Pala, read Pala.

36

2

31

.. Asoea, read Asoca.

37

1

1

.. Vana, read Vana.

1

24

.. Sinchana, read Sinchana. .. f^r^^ read f^^^.

PAGE

37

COL 1

LINE

28 Foi

• ^y^'^ read '^^^.

,.

32 ..

esSD^ read oSi^.

43

2

7 ..

cS' read '■>-' .

44

1

34 ..

11 ..

possesson, read possession. mS,ash, read maash.

1

30 ..

jJix< read jjil>M.

46

Ft?rtl read bHM.

50

1

24 .

iS<*Hl read <i^^\.

••

28 ..

<U»-y read g»-_}J- Tauji, read Taujih.

51

1

26 ..

Baladasti, read Baladasti.

56

2

10 ..

i^JmiM.) read ;_j,Vjjiiillj . -^fS read trlffe.

59 61

2

1

42 .. 4 ..

Banijaga, read Banijiga. Bansphor, read Banspbor.

•

10 . 12 ..

Ji^, Tead J^«J|.

■^"■5, Tt°T? read ^°& ^°t.

^=Ft read Tt°^.

,.

..

16 ..

^'■^ read '^°§^.

..

18 ..

^°^, Tt'SR read ^''^, Tf°^.

63

1

43 ..

Arazi, read Arazi.

67

2

3 ..

^\jc read^_^!jl. ■^i? read <l>.

,.

17 .

TtT? read Tt&.

68

1

17 ..

■^ read Ttft

63

2

15 .

Bhauli, read Bhaoli.

69

2

5 ..

Bazi, read Bazi.

75

1

33 ..

i_«Jk«j read ^'Oxi- O^ read C^^.

84

1

39 ..

^ read W.

87

1

28 ..

l«Ul read *'jiJl. Inam, read Inaam.

93

2

5 ..

T, read Tam.

97

1

24 ..

Ara?i read Arazi. ^\jS^ read ^^\j\ .

ERRATA.

PAGE COL. LINE

101 2 9.. Chandla, read Chindla.

102 1 15 .. Chanwal, read Chg,nwal. 110 1 37 .. Chhar, read Chhar.

110 2 15 .. ^I»1* read ^Di^.

111 2 7 . f^ read f^.

.. 20 .. f^nn read C^^.

114 1 3 . fpTTt read fp&l.

120 2 44 .. Phareolus, read Phaseolus.

129 1 23 . KazS, read Kazi. j-oJ read ^g^ .

2 35 .. DaulureadDaiilu.

130 1 24 .. ^J^.*is^ read (^^eiis^'i.

131 1 23 .. Dehrl, read Dehrf.

135 1 11 .. Dhalbhol, read Dhalbol.

136 2 15 .. Dharat, read Dharat. 138 1 15 .. ^muni read 5Tn«inT. 154 2 44 .. JCJJ read JlcJ.*. 159 2 21 .. iilSl read i'i) .

168 2 33 Jlf« read Jls-=.

180 1 35 .. Goshtashthami, read Goshthashtami.

197 2 37 .. JUa read Jl5,=^.

205 1 7 .. jjU- read^t^.

2 6 .. Huzur, read Hu?ur.

Guzar, read Guzar.

jlp read 1^ J6.

207 1 29 .. l^ read x^s^.

215 1 27 .. Ikrah, read Ikrah.

>i)ji\ read ssl^l.

218 2 12 .. Kanungo, read Kanungo.

?^y^ '^^^^ }^y^-

220 1 31 .. Ishhad, read Ishhad. t>lrs^' read jl^<il .

2 4 .. Ishrak, read Ishrak. CJ\/.\ read jl/l.

221 1 10 .. ^^'P^ read "SlS^c^. .. 27 .. jUi-jl read jU=J'«' .

.. 34 After lawfuL insert xJI^Sm.!.

.. .. Istihlah.

2 39 For ijj\f read ^J^-

222 15.. Istihshad read Istishhad.

()IA^jL)I read jl^MJiuil .

.. 1 27 .. Itikaf, read ttikdf. ( s'iAJ'l read i-_jl^!.

.. 29 .. Ramadan, read Ramzan.

PAGE COL. LINE

225 1 39 For ilo^J read AJt^V.

2 14 .. *A«*- read aAs?". 227 1 39 .. jt^ read JsJ^^.

229

230 231 232

233

240

245 249 251

260

268 271 273 274 279

280

1 31

2 22

.. 42

K^ghaz, read Kaghaz. M read .s? . Tashkhis, read Tashkhis. ^jmjjs^ read ^^/a*=A■\ Sadr, read ISadr. iiXmj read i Ji/tf.

44 24 1 31 17 16 39

izT^'j

read

itT"

.. fc__)lil»- read (..^U-. .. "but," read "as it is.''

^^ read ^tJ.

■giTtt read »ntt. .. ^^/^ read jjiXxii. .. Kafifa,'read Khafifa tAM^ read iSLkAs-.

235 2 15 .. -tils- read j6'\~^.

236 1 18 .. JcK read j^il^.

2 25 .. Jazar, read Jazar. jj»~ read )iX»-.

1 37 .. CijL*»- read l_)Li*-.

2 35 ftmrwrf read fiirilK**^. 2 4 .. " second," read ' last." 2 33 Dele " probably the same word." 2 36 for *I*ft read Vffflr.

1 26 .. jljJilUJ' read^ljJiJUJ.

2 6 .. ijojjs read j_/a)6. Kanz, read Kan^.

264 2 29 .. JJ read ^ly .

Karar, read Karar.

267 2 34 .. Kata al tarik, read Kata al Jarik.

(J-l;^' f^' ''63-d ^jlaSI jtU.

2 19 .. Katakina, read Katkin*.

2 8 .. Kav41, read Kaval.

1 25 .. Kessiriya, read Kessiriya.

1 28 .. "9l1^jr read '«lt^?r.

2 30 .. Sadr, read Sadr.

jSm read iiVo.

.. 36 .. Kad, read Bad. 1 12 .. j\J read^IJi.

Guzar, read Guzar.

.. 2 10 .. lJ^ read jl»I. 285 1 26 .. Khain, read Khain.

ERRATA.

PAGE

COL

LINE

285

1

26

286

1

9

289

2

33 1

290

1

29

297

1

13

2 10

For jjjks- read ^^}.s~. .. Kh^m, read Kheni. Insert, H. (Ul/). For cd! i read )s\p.

Krushikudu, read K^ushikudu. .. t^t>^6:> read S£)lX&)30. .. Krushivaludu, read Krushivaladu. .. S£)l3iSeW& read S£)lX^e)J&!. Kriya, and the same in the following i pounds, read Kriya.

FAOE COL. LINE

349 2 29 For j^^'i^ read /iyU.

299 300 303

2

1 1

43 37 32

.. jjjyK read ^^y^3 .

.. ^Tj read ^^.

.. e90t;5^rC5 read ©OiiS'oi ".

.. Anchana. read Anchana.

304

1

35

.. Kurij read Kuji.

308

1

19

.. Miraj, read Miraj.

2

4

.. ^1^ read ^t^*.*.

.. Lakit, read Lakit.

c:^^^ read laxiil.

310 312

2 1

33

44

• ^J^i'i read Jjlr .. sIS^ read S^'

316

1

8

.. Vadu, read Vadu. . oJ'"^ read oD^^O.

320

1 2

39

27

^l^ read i6]j^. . tjl,as* read ^Jl^ -s^.

323

1

13

.. Sadr, read Sadr. . jSm read jS^ .

••

2

41 9

. ii;!L.x> read )l$!/i.Aj . ^--vs-Ui read t,_...\a-[j .

330

1

26 .

. c:j\y>.^ax« read cylJa^iJui. . Mansabzat, read Mangabzat.

332 333 335 337

1 2 2 2

18 . 24 . 11 . 21

. LiijJiMi read ^iJiiyo. . ^Iso read Jfijo.

••

24 . 35 .

JJ^ read ^j^c. . Mazuli, read Mazuli.

,,

..

40

Mazun, read Mauzun.

342

1

21 .

. ci^^-j' read i^'l.

..

28 .

. yc read ,Xo .

344 346

1 1

25 . 9 .

— U.* read p-Jj-* • . (J>»»cs^ read (J^as*.

346

1

44 .

. Mrlgarsirsha, read Mrigasirsha

354 2 5

356 357

386

408

37

29

358 2 44

359

1

2

361

1

36

364

1

4 13

374

1

18

378

1

36

410

411 416 419 421 423

429

430 431 432

439

At bottom,

1

22

2

27

1

9

2

21

2

38

2

2

1

8

2

21

2

17

26

1

12

1

30

1

8

2

5

2

42

444

1

37

445

2

6

446

1

18

.,

2

1

446

2

37

Mulk, read Mulk. jjU r^ad i^JJu. Mulki, and in the following, read Mulki,

&c. ^oLo read ^S^- (Lp njOTD read (IpflSD m. Iamm read clj^-o. Mushaa, read Mushaa.

^p> read f-l)^ • Tarikh, read Tarikh. ^\*A^ read i^JC*. cj'ii read IjCi) . l^xL}.>- read l^i»-. (julijCflo read CL;I;*>ii^ . Mazkurat, read Mazkurat. <C!^ read lsj\j'^. Niranambam, read Nirarambam. r^rrrTlTliiUUi read r^DTTITIXiUlli. 286, read 386. Sj^&);&) read &\^^i^3. Patrudu, read Patrudu. Pattan, read Pattan. Pattani, read Pattani. msiemo read o-lfflsmo. Pharnivasi, read Pharnivisi. Pod, read Poa.

Porombadom, read Poromkadom. Absolute, read absentee. ^jc^ read Acli. U^tri read ^J^j>, ■ f^^ read 'tira. d-^i read C^«JJ . {joytyi read ,joJi\ . j>f read ^^\ . ^Ife, read i^'-*)- cUjLsJ read i^UaJ. Nazarat, read Nazarat. 339, read 439. "iJlij read (Ujiy. Roja, read Roju. •J^-JV read u?;l^j^ . Cl.'i^l^/^l read CJOt^i^l. 'iijM{jM\ read ici^l.

ERRATA.

PAGE

COL.

LINE

447 451 458 462

2

1 2

1

19 For 44 .. 42 .. 1 ..

l^_;~y'j read ^_^yU. fi^i^ read ^^ylj. Samba, read Samba. iiil^ read KiX.

466

1

42 ..

Sarafrazi, read Sarfaiazi.

468

1

40 ..

ijKM read »^jtci.

475

2

43 ..

Su^hra, read Sughra. ~?^§b^ read ~?-6§bciO Sevakudu, read Sevakudu.

481

1

31 ..

ijat^ read AcK.

..

..

36 ..

<Sj'^ read AJli- .

482

2

30 ..

Sihasai, read Sihasahi.

491

2

38 •..

Suchaka, read Suchaka.

492 496

2 2

5 .. 20 ..

51^ OF read B^cj. 5lf% read ^'^. •^msi read ^TTOR,

497

1

1 ..

Swaist, read Swasti.

••

29 . 31 .

^^R^ read ^^in«t. ■?^Tf»ni read 'JtlTf^ff.

498 501

1 1

42 .. 33 ..

^^/c[j read (_5v«Uo . Cijljj«J' read CuLu*j'.

503 509

2 1

19 .. 31 ..

*jwu read aAmJu . ,_sua.Aj read v_a-flJJ' .

512

1

24 ..

^.\} read ^^^f.

PAGE COL. LINE

518 1

514

515

516

520

622

524

530

538 1

546 2

549

553

584

557

561

569 575

582 590 592

10 For Tasadak, read Tagadduk. J)i>-flj' read Jj ti<^. (Jjuijo read (Jjirau. f^}> read fs^»^- Tengalay, read Tengalai. Selection, read Selections. ,_gdXij^,»- read ^SjJ'X^j>- . ^\^ read ^^. jjc read iiXc. irf? read Iffir.

Vetkanam, read Vettukanam. iM}J> read l&sA^. J^ljk? read*<sIi'JkC.

28 39 39

17 26

4

7 34

7 34 24

6 .. *A*>*^ read *AujJii. 11 Should be ^l^b Jju,.^. 19 For *k«!j read idawlj. 32 31 14

4 39

3

1

giT^q read giR^.

^>IJ zdhih read ^.'j zdhih.

Xj'j read iiilj.

"D",6,!6o read "S'.=5rdo.

i_c,y read t/j'/.

^jji-o read ^^3^.

^^J read i^£;Jo.

GLOSSARY.

AB

Ab, H. (i-^Ji, contracted from the A. yl Abu) A father.

Abdi, H. (i_fU) Patrimonial, descending from paternal ancestors (land, property). Ab, H. (p. u_>T, S. ^(m:) Water.

Abddr, H. (iIajI ) A servant whose office it is to prepare water for domestic use, or for drinking.

Abddr khdna, H. (<)6li- itjol ) The room where such water is kept in suitable earthen vessels.

Ab-pdshi, H. (^<iljjl) Irrigating fields, watering fields; lit. water-sprinkling.

Ab-rawdn, H. (,^^^^1) Running water; metaphor. Fine muslin.

Abi, H.iij} , lit. Relating to water, watered). In the north- west provinces it is applied to land watered from ponds, tanks, lakes, or water-courses, in distinction to that which is watered from wells ; as the supply from the former is liable to fail in the hot season, Abi land is assessed at a lower rate ; in some cases at less than a half of that watered from wells.

Abistdni, H. (jJIjLujI) Land artificially irrigated.

Ab-hhez, H. iyj^, I ) A soil impregnated with water, moist or wet soil. AbkAr, H. iKi\) A manufacturer or retailer of spirituous

liquors ; lit. a maker of (strong) waters. Abkari, also written Abkaree, Abkary, Abkabry, AuBKAURY, H. &c. (i_S)l^l), or in Telugu, AbukIri, (e3t3JS~"5) Revenue derived from duties levied on the manufacture and sale of inebriating liquors, cis tdri or toddy, pachwai, arrack, &c., and on intoxicating drugs, whether in substance, infusion, or extract, as opium,, bhang, chiras, &c. It is levied on certain licenced dis- tilleries, or in fees for licences granted by the collector to retailers. In some parts of the south of India the Abhdri included duties on eating-shops, gaming-houses, itinerant tumblers, jugglers, and the like. [In the Report nf the House of Commons, 1832, p. 95, it is said to comprehend duties on pepper and betel ; but this is a mis-statement, 1

AB

as no such duties are levied ; although, in Mysore, the areka-nut was sometimes included in the Abkari farm.] The principal Regulations in Bengal for the Abkari duties are xxvii. 1793, x. 1813, xiii. 1816, and vii. 1824 Abhdri Ddrogha, H. (iXc. iIOijtiIwjI ) The head native officer appointed to superintend distilleries, spirit-shops, and the like. Abhdri Mah&l, H. ( JW« ^J^_ \ ) The department or office of Abhdri, the excise.

Abab, Mar. (^I^TW, from A. Abreab, q.v.) A particular item in revenue accounts : the grain falling to the share of the Government after deducting the portions of the several sharers.

Abad, H. (p. i>lj I ). The word is very generally adopted ; as Hindi and Mar. (^T^^), Beng. CTtTfTf), Telugu (e3?.0~^OJ)), Populous, cultivated, as a village or tract of country; the reverse of Wirdn, (.f^j>0> waste, deserted. A village or tract which is designated in revenue phrase as Abdd is one from which revenue may be levied : in military topography it denotes a place where supplies may be expected. It occurs also, though less commonly, as Abaddn (^jIiJIjI ). Abdd karna means, to introduce or extend cultivation or population, to settle, to people ; whence may arise a claim to property through descent from the Abdd-kdr, the originator or founder. As the second member of a compound Abdd often denotes a city, as Ahbar-dbdd, the city of Ahbar, or Agra, which he made his capital ; Aurang-dbdd, the city of Aurang-zeb ; Murshid-dbdd; the city of Murshid Kuli Khan, Gover- nor of Bengal, by whom it was enlarged and embellished ; Shdhjahdn-dbdd, the city of Shdhjahdn, or Delhi ; with many others of Mohammedan origin and improvement. Prom the attributives Abdd and Abdddn come the sub- stantives Abddi, Abdddni, Populousness, cultivation : in Bengali the meanings have been transposed, Abdd C^TtTtTr) signifying cultivation, populousness , and ^Jicii (^iWft), cultivated, peopled. Abdd-beshi, H. {tJ!*J^ "^^1 , from P. beshi ^J^Ht Excess). First assessment of newly-settled or cultivated land. B

AB

AB

Abaratam, Tam. (a|UCrrT<^LD, from S. Aparddha ^'TOy, Fault, oflFence, in which sense it also occurs in most dia- lects). Fine, amercement, forfeiture.

Abd, Ubd, H. (a. lioc, plur. Abid liJ^JJ^) A slave, two descriptions of whom are alone recognised in Mohamme- dan law — infidels made captives in war, and their descen- dants. In practice much greater latitude is allowed, although not strictly legal ; and a title to slaves may be acquired by purchase, donation, or inheritance. The term enters largely into the formation of Mohammedan proper names, as Abd-ullak, slave of God; Abd-dli, slave of Ali; Abd-ul-mdlik, the slave of the Lord (God). It is also frequently prefixed in aflFectation of humility to the official signatures of native officers, whether Hindus or Moham- medans ; and in law papers it is sometimes prefixed to the name of each subscribing witness.

Abda, Ben. (^Wiri, S. ^'^, a year). The period during which a party who reclaims waste land is allowed to hold it rent-free. The rent remitted. The land so held. [The term in this sense is confined to Eastern Bengal and Chit- tagong.]

Abdh^^t, Ubdhoot, H. (S. Avadhuta ^ravffO A religious mendicant of the Hindus, one who professes to have shaken otf" the infirmities of humanity. In Hindustan the Abdhut is generally of the Vaishnava sect. In the south it is said he is usually a Saiva mendicant.

Abedak, Beng. (S. "«(l4<iiT<P dvedaka) A complainant or suitor, a petitioner. Abedan, Beng. (S. ^srtCTTpT) A petition, a plaint, an affidavit. Abedan fair a, or Abedan lipi, (S.'STft^Tf^ tiS, or f»rf^) A written plaint or petition, a representation in writing.

Abhar, Ubhub, Mar. (^«^) The collections from a vil- lage in the Maratha country. Kacha Abhar, The gross collections, without any deduction.

Abhaya, Ubhuyu, Mar. (S. 'SMit, from ^ neg., and »TII. fear), An assurance of safety or immunity. AbhayadvnMma, Mar. (S. '^wrfift'T) A proclamation by beat of drum {.dindimcd of general security to all who submit in the case of a captured tovra or conquered country. Abhaya patra, S. &c. (^nwnt) A written document in assurance of safety, a safe conduct.

Abhichah, H. (S. 'arfirsrn;:) Employment of charms or spells for the destruction of an enemy.

Abhipatti, Ubhiputteb, Mar. ('3T6?t|^) Any extra cess or assessment [under the Peshwa's Government.]

2

Abhir, Ubheer, H. &c. ijJ^\ , S. ^»^: , also, with the initial long Abhira ^TItIt;) A shepherd, a cowherd. Accord- ing to Menu (B. x. lo) the Abhira is of mixed origin, the offspring of a Brahman father, and a mother of the Ambashtha, or medical caste ; but the Abhiras were a people, a pastoral tribe, settled, about the beginning of the Christian era, on or near the lower course of the Indus, on a tract known to clsissical geographers, as the Abiria of Ptolemy, lying north of the Sahyadri mountain, and of Syrastrene. The Abhirs of Saurashtra are mentioned in the Mahdbhdrata. From their pastoral habits the name came to be generally applied to the cowherds of Hindustan. In the spoken dialects of upper India the word is corrupted to Ahir, Uheer, q.v. In Bengali and Marathi it is unchanged, occurring as Abhir,

Abhijog, Beng. (^rsuwl^t, S. Abhiyoga SufHiTlJi:) Plaint, complaint, beginning of a suit. Abhijogi, Beng. Carf^TSTt"^, S. •^ffl^Wt) A plaintiff, a

complainant. Abhijog-patra, Beng. (^f^dvSttTft^, S. ^rfw^TpT^) A petition, or writing of complaint.

Abhyudayaka-sraddha, S. (^»?^^loiranir) Offering to de- ceased progenitors, or to the manes collectively, on some prosperous event, as the birth of a son, or the like.

Abhyupetya SusRlJSHA, S. (^srwt^?nr?m) Contracted service, a title of Hindu law, treating of disputes between master and servant.

Abik-Ubeek, H. (a. iJJjI) a runaway slave, in Moham- medan law.

A A

Abir-Ubeer, H. (from A..jX^, Saffi-on), A powder of a red or yellow colour, composed of various vegetable and mineral ingredients, as turmeric, saflBower, saffi-on, red or yellow orpiment, talc, ground to a fine powder, and used by the natives to throw over one another and stain their faces and clothes with at the vernal festival of the Holi, as typical of the buds and blossoms of the season of spring.

Abwab, H. (A. c-jIjjI, plur. of bdb t-jb, a door, a section, a chapter, a title,) Heads or subjects of taxation, or the taxes which were imposed under the Mohammedan Go- vernments in addition to the regular assessment on the land. Miscellaneous cesses, imposts, and charges, levied by Zemindars and public officers. These cesses were either abolished or consolidated with the land revenue, and are no longer payable to the British Government ; but such as existed before the perpetual settlement, and were not spe-

AC

AC

cially abrogated or not consolidated, are still claimed some- times by the Zemindars, (Reg. viii. 1793, xxx. 1803, v. 1812). They were variously designated, as, 1. after the princes by whom they were ordered, as Abrvdb Kdsim Alt Khan, taxes of Kdsim (Cossim) Alt, Nawab of Bengal ; or, 2. from the pretext on which they were raised, as Abwdb- Faujddri, taxes on the Zemindars, in commutation of fees which had been payable to the office of Faujdar, or chief military and police magistrate, and Abmdb Thdna- ddri, fees exacted by Shujd Khdn from retailers of spiri- tuous liquors and other articles in bazars attached to police or military stations, and payable to the Kotrvdl; Abwdb Khamsi (from khamsa, five, for several), diffe- rent taxes levied by the Governor of Dacca when the Diwdni was granted to the Company, on pretence of pre- senting the proceeds to the Emperor in acknowledgment of the grant {Fifth Rep. and Gloss.) ; also Abwdb meh- mdni, a cess levied on the inhabitants of a village to defray the expenses of the Zemindar on his paying it an occa- sional visit ; Abwdb rdhddri, rates charged on the peo- ple of a town or district for the repair of the public roads ; Abwdb Pdtaki, a cess apparently peculiar to Orissa, lite- rally, ' taxes on the wicked or fallen," applying the term to eight inferior or degraded castes or occupations, namely, Tdntis, weavers, Tdmbulis, venders of betel and pan, Quriyas, confectioners, or makers of sweetmeats with Gur or molasses. Sonars, goldsmiths, and Kaiwartts, Kibdrats and Gohas, different tribes of fishermen.

AcHALiT-UcHULiT, H. (S. ^ST^cTrT: lit. What has not moved, or is immoveable). Real or landed property.

AcHANDRAKGAM, Tam. (^S'r^^QTTIJiEEiLl), from the S. WT d, as long as, ^^ chandra, the jaoaa, and ^% arka, the sun, i.e. as long as the sun and moon endure). In Tan- jore and Kanara, any village, of which the lands are per- manently apportioned among the hereditary proprietors. The term, slightly modified according to dialect, appears to be in common currency in the south of the Peninsula to denote perpetuity.

AcHAMANA, S. (^sr^>T«T) Rinsing the mouth, sipping a little water and ejecting it before and after meals, and before and after various ceremonies, one of the permanent and daily practices of the Hindus. Achamaniya, S. (^HH^l) Water fit for sipping, also for offering it to an idol.

AchAr, H. &c., (iU- I , S. -ill-mu Achdra, whence it is intro- 3

duced into all the dialects, sometimes slightly modified). In- stitute, established and essential observance, as daily ablutions and personal purification, daily worship, tonsure, investiture, marriage, obsequial rites, or Srdddhas. Performance of appropriate duties in different stages of life, &c. It is also used in composition with terms limiting its applica- tion, as Kuldchdr, family usage ; Desdchdr, custom of the country ; Matdchdr, practice of any particular sect ; Nitydchdr, invariable observance ; Suddhdchdr, ceremo- nial purity ; Vnddhdchdr, old established custom.

AcHAHJ, AcHARI, AcHARTA, H. &C. (^^U-l, ^T^lft, from

the S. Achdrya ^\-m<MX) A religious teacher ; properly, the Brahman who instructs the religious student of the two next castes — the Kshatriya and the Vaisya — as well as the Brahman,' in the Vedas. In modern use it is ap- plied to any religious instructor, or to any Brahman or religious mendicant professing to be qualified to give spiri- tual instruction. In the south of India it especially denotes the head of a religious society — the Mahant of Hindustan, or the Panda, or head Priest of a temple. Among the Marathas it was given to Brahmans employed by respect- able families as cooks. In the Tamil provinces it is assumed by carpenters and other artisans.

AcHCHAKA, Karn. (®^S) Assessment, taxes. One who pays taxes. Achchavadi, or Achchuadi, Karn. (e3|oOS6) Assess- ment, tax. Achchavaliga, Karn. i^^^V'^) One who pays taxes.

AcHCHABi, Mai. (CS»t>^sl) Printing, stamping. Ackchadikdran, Mal.(c<S^.^sldftiOfDnr6) A printer, a coiner.

AcHCHALAYATARU, Karn. (e5^5^0&8&)) Police officers, peons.

ACHCHHAN, Mai. (CS^n^ab, Tam. ^S-S-m) A father; used also as a title of respect, and in Malabar applied especially to the males of the royal family who have no office nor official rank in the state.

AcHCHARAM, Mai. ((S^.^0(Oo) Eamest-money, money ad- vanced.

AcHCHU, Karn. (®^), Achcha, Mai. (CS^S.^) A mould, a type, a form for casting or taking impressions, a print- ing-press, the pivot of a hand-mill. Achchugdr, or Achchuli, Karn. (e)|jC^^^_e3|jC^) a printer, a cotton-printer, a pressman.

AcHCHUKATTU, corruptly Achkat and Atchkutt, Tam. (=!]<§■& £6S.1_®) AcHUKATTU, Tel. (^xJO^tO) Land

AC

divided into beds to admit and retain the water let in for irrigation. Lands prepared for the cultivation of rice. AcHU-KATALi, Tel. (e3oo"r°^0). In the south of India, grants of revenue and perquisites in grain, formerly re- ceived by the Poligar for protecting the crops, and engaging to make good any depredations on the lands under pro- tection. Ache, Tel. (©O") The principal harvest, the heavy crop (used

in Vizagapatam). AcHiDAlYAN, Tarn. (2L<^(353SIJ_lOTr) A barber. AcHlTA, Karn. («&?§, Mai. (cS*3)i2_I1(Tno) A weight of ten khandakas, or bharas (each being ten tulams) ; a cart-load. AcHHRA, Ben. (^i^di) The straw of paddy. Ai), Ap, Mar. &c. (^5, ^n^), in Hindustan pronounced, and usually written, with the hard r, as Ar or Ar (j'jj!) §'• «■ (It also occurs in other dialects, modified by the substitu- tion of the soft d for the hard d, or by duplication of one or other, of which examples will be given.) A syllable used as a prefix, implying obstructing, screening, barring ; also inferiority, irregularity, or deviation. Ad-al-hukm. Uriya. Disobedience of orders, resistance of

process. Ad-gaon, Mar. (^TTSTt^) A small or inferior village. Adgir, Hindi (^Hi'dO A strip of sward encompassing a field. Ad-jdt, Mar. (WTSslTiT) People of the inferior or mixed

castes. Ad-mdrg, Mar. (^JliHI'l) A bye-way, a cross-road ; also cross or internal traffic, and duty levied on such-traffic. (This occurs, incorrectly written, Udh marwa and Urdh margh). Admuth, Mar. (^'rafl?) Sowing seed carefully on hilly or broken ground (so as to close the hand or fist inmtK) readily.) Ad nav, Mar. (wf^TT^) Family or surname. Ad sattd, Mar. ("Sra^r^T) Estimate, rough calculation. See

Adasattd and Arsatha. Adman, Mar. (^n^lff) The space between the top and foot of a hill, the slope. ApwBPANi, Mar. (^S^'JTOft) Water of irrigation derived

from tanks, &c. ; artificial water, not rain-water. Ap, Mar. (^n^) A well without steps. Ada, H. (a. bl) Fulfilment of an agreement, performance of a contract, payment of a debt. This is sometimes con- founded, but incorrectly, with Ahda, q. v. Add-bandi, or bundee, H. ((.jiUj b!) Fixing a term for the payment of a debt or the performance of a contract. 4

AD

Add karnd, H. (ii/ 1 jl) To pay a debt, to make an agree- ment. Add hona, H. (Uyb Ijl) To be settled, paid or fulfilled, as

a debt or contract. Add-i-mdlguzdri, H. (i_j;]^Le Ijl) Payment of revenue.

Ada, Mar. (^^) Grain, profit, fimd, stock, income.

ApAGu-UpuGoo, Tam. (=J.jl_g)), Tel. (eSf^X^) A pawn, a pledge.

Ada, or Adai manam, Tam. (a|l_LorT(3OTLo — =l|(S3DI_ LolTOOTLo) A mortgage, a simple mortgage, in which the mortgager retains possession of the property pledged, pay- ing interest on the loan. Adaiyolai, Tam. (5]L|0tDl_(olUrT350) The palm-leaves on which a mortgage, deed, or lease, or other engagement, is written.

ApAVU, alsoApARVU, Karn. C^SQ.^.eSQ'y;?-) A pledge; a mortgage, a simple mortgage, in which the mortgager retains the property, paying interest on the loan. Adavu cMtUt Adavu-sdthana, or Adawrpatra, Karn.

(e3Q,^a3-"ex>, &c.) A mortgage-deed, or bond. Adavu-kdr, Karn. {^&'Q) s dO) A mortgagee, one who holds a pledge or mortgage.

Adahari, Hindi (^^^T^) A bullock not broken in for work.

ApAKAM, Tam. (a|L_iE&<SLc>) An enclosure.

Adani, Karn. (es^S^C^) Unrewarded or compulsory labour. Addnijana, Karn. (©"2rSC98c!o3) An unpaid labourer, a slave, a serf.

ApANGAL, Tam. (S^L-PllS.^), Mai. (cS^sefcot) An esti- mate, an appraisement, a valuation ; the whole contents, or whole quantity of any thing ; a contract ; examining the cultivation of village lands.

ApAH-UpuB, or ApARA-UpuRU, Hindi (^rar) A ditch, and the mound of earth thrown up from it, forming the boundary of a field.

Adasatta-Udusutta, Tel. (e3Q^b"~°) Estimate, com- putation, an account by estimate. (The d being pronounced and written r, the word occurs more usually in Hindu- stan as Arsath, q.v.)

ApAT-UpuT, Mar. (^JTiT) Mercantile correspondence, agency, brokerage; charge or fee for commission or brokerage. This word also occurs in other dialects differently spelled, as Adhat (^J^if), or the hard d, dh being pronounced like r, Arat, Arhat, or Urihut ; or, again, with the sofl t and the aspiration transposed, as Arthi, or Urtheei Adatyd, Vdutyd, or Udutiya ; also, very corruptly, Adut-

AD

teeyo. Mar. (^5WT) A mercantile correspondent, a broker, an ag^nt; also Arhatiya and Arthiya. Adat, or Abat, Beng. (^iv»«>) A warehouse, a store occu- pied by a wholesale dealer, or a monopolist; a place from which all must purchase what they want. Adat ddr, Beng. (from P. ilo, who has). A store-keeper, a monopolist. Adatta, S. (m, neg, &c. ^^: given, ungiven). In Hindu

law, illegal, or void and resumable donation. Adavi, or Apivi-KOTTUTA, Tel. ( esiSSir^^b, s. ^I7f%, Atavi, a forest). Clearing away jungle, and bringing the land into cultivation. Adava, or ApAvi-PALKi, Mar. (^IqTT, ^'3=ft, athwart, and 'TT^y'li^)- The privilege of being carried in a palankin sideways ; that is, with the poles across the road, or at a right angle with it, a distinction enjoyed by the head of the Brahmans of Sringaffiri, the spiritual descendants of Sankara Acharya ; latterly also claimed by the head of the Lingayits, and the subject of litigation in the Com- pany's Courts of the Bombay Presidency. Adaya, Tel. Kam. (e5^3^C&, from the S. ^HT^'R:) Gain, profit, receipt. Adaya vichha, Kam. (e303c&S)<$J) Profit and loss, re- ceipt and disbursement ; [the last term is possibly from the S. Vyaya "S^, expenditure.] Adda, Uppu, Kam. (®$) A half; but in this sense more correctly arddha, q. v. In composition it also implies hindrance, obstruction, going transversely, diverging, &c., corresponding in these respects to the Marathi Ad and Hindi Ar, but doubling the cerebral d. Addadandige, Kara. (esQOOSST^) A palankin carried

transversely. See Adavd-pdlki. Adda kdluve, Kara. ( ©Q s ci£u3" ) A subordinate channel, one cut from a main water-course for irri- gation. Adda kasibi, kasibe, kasabu, kasibi, or kasubu, Kara. (&^h'J), ^^S, ^iao, &c.) A trade, a profession not hereditary, an employment to which the person was not born or bred. Adda kattu, or hatte, Kam. (©^SHj-S" c3) a dam for the

purpose of confining water. Adda mdrga, Kara. (e3QoJ^A8~) a cross or bye

road. Adda mdtu, Kara. (©g^Sj^Sj) Evasive cation. '

answer, prevari-

AD

Adda-ndma,Kaxn.(.^(^^^^^) A family or surname. Addandlige, Kam. (esg^ra^A) a stone put across the

mouth of a well. Addani, Kam. (®§®) The woof or cross threads. Addasdhi, Kara. (©QcODeu) A transverse fiirrow in

ploughing. Adda-mnka, Kam. ( ©QBOOS) Duty on sheep collected from

those only who sell them, not from the ryots. Adde,'Ka.Tn. C*^^) A bambu across the shoulder, by which

two burthens are carried. Addekkalu, Kara. (®g|^--') A new comer, a settler in a

village. Adda, Tel. (®^) Half; more properly Ardha (e^, from

Adda, Tel. (®9) A measure equal to two Mdnikas.

Addavu-dosili, Tel. (Ogc^O ^iS) An allowance of grain made to the village barber.

Adda, Dekhini, H. (IJ ! , ^T|7). This differs from the Te- lugu and Kam. Adda, Adda, as above, in beginning and ending with a long, in place of a short vowel. It is some- times written with a short initial and final, as Adda, or Uddu, Mar. (^13), but never with a dental d ; the word occurs, with some modifications of- meaning, in Tel., Mar., Uriya, and perhaps other dialects. A stand, a station or place where porters, bearers, or labourers attend to be hired ; a place where people assemble, a stall, a booth, a shop, a post or dawk station or office ; a company or asso- ciation of persons engaged in the same business ; any business constantly going on, especially on a large scale ; the place where it is transacted, or any place where people congregate, whether for business or idleness ; a salt-heap (in Ganjam) ; the perch of a bird-cage. Addd-ddr, H. ( ,1 J 15 1 ) A palankin bearer, or dawk-runner ; a postman, a courier ; a shop or stall-keeper.

Addajv A, Kam. ( esOES ) A measure equal to about half-a-pint.

Adde, Tel. (®~§) Hire, rent.

Appi, Beng. ('^Ttf^) A title or cognomen given to persons who are, or whose ancestors were, money weighers and changers.

Addika, or Addiqa; also Addakadar and Addaka- DAVA,Karn.(»g^, e9g^, «^S^^,fromtheS. J.ci%a;fe- sha 'W^^'., an overseer). A village officer, whose duty it is to keep the cultivators to their work, and to prevent the clandestine removal of any part of the common crop.

Addiseyuta, Tel. (esQcOOO^ueo) a contract, by which a

C

AD

cultivator pledges the whole or a portion of his crop to

a banker as security for money borrowed. Adeya, TJdeyu, S. (^ neg., and ^, to be given), What may

not be legally alienated or given away. Adh, AdhA, Adhi, or Adhee, H. (JSiil , laxiT, ^_^liT, from the S. arddha ^^: , half, or a part), A half. (The word occurs in most dialects, modified according to their pecu- liarities of emmciation, as in the Adda of Tel. and Kam., as above. It is also used extensively in composition, with the initial most usually made' short, as,

Adk-batdi, or hutaee, H. (^Iw. isJl) Division of produce in equal shares.

Adhela, TJdhela, H. (Lubjl) Haifa pice, or copper coin so called.

Adheli, Udhelee, H. (jJoftOl) Half a silver rupee, or eight anas. A half share. In Sagar, a measure of com, half a chautiya. (In Garwhal) a small fractional measure of land.

Adheliya, H. (bJuanil) Proprietor of a half share.

Adhidr, H. (,UaJl). A man who spends half his time in one village, half in another, cultivating lands in both, is said Adhidr-karna, or, in RohUkhand, Adh-bdr.

Adhidri, H. (^c^ljaJl) A half share.

Adhid, H. (Lxajl) Division of produce between two parties in equal proportions ; one furnishing the land and seed, and the other the labour. The payment of half the annual assessment by the cultivators to the person who is respon- sible to the Government for the revenue at the vernal and autumnal harvests.

Adh-kachcha, H. (Ls^ xOl) A soil lying between the land named Pahara and the Tarai in the district of Saharanpur.

Adh-kari, or kuree, H. ('HMohO) An instalment of eight anas in the rupee, or half the Government revenue, (from the S. kara Wd tax).

Addhak, TJddhuk, H. (^rgcB) A half, a part : less in use

r

than Adhd.

Adhak, Adhuk, or Arhak, H. (S. ^re^:) A measure of capacity, used as a dry measure ; a vessel 18 inches in depth, contaiuing 4 prasthas, the 16th part of a khdri. In the Dekhin nearly 71b. lloz. avoirdupois. In Mysore the Adah, or Adhak is a measure of grain, equal to 71b. avoirdupois, or a measure of capacity, containing about 750 cubic inches : also called a Markdl.

Adhaham, Mal.(C®^OJ3roo, S. ^TVtt) A prop, or support; that on which any thing lit. or fig. rests ; also a canal, a dyke ; a document, a voucher or title -deed, by which G

AM

a right to property is established. Kam. (W^SOO) a canal, or water-course for irrigation. It is used in Karnata in composition, to denote various modes of irrigation, as,

Amej-ddhdram, (from P. dmez, mixing) Irrigation from more than one source, or from tanks, wells, water-courses, &c. The land so irrigated.

Bhdvi, or Bhdvddi ddhdram, Tel. Kam. (5~9S, S. Sdpi, or vdpi, a well) Irrigation from wells. The land so watered.

Nala, or Ndld ddhdram, (from S. •TT^t ndla, a pipe). Irrigation from natural water-courses, or ncdas. The fields so watered.

Tatdhddhdram, Tel. (from the S. taddga UTPT) A pond, a tank ; irrigation from a tank or pond, or the fields so supplied. Adharshan, Beng. (S. 'STtT^I) Conviction of a criminal. Adhi, or Udhi, less correctly, Udheb ; also corruptly. Ad, Adh, Adi, Audi, H. (S. ^fy) Over, above, in place, office, or possession. It is used chiefly in composition.

Adhihdr, H. &c. (S. ^rfVcRRt) Office, duty ; superinten- dence, government ; right, rightfiol claim or property.

Adhikdr-patra, or patrika, Beng. ('^itwt^'tfl) A power of attorney, a letter of credit.

Adhikdri, corruptly, Adhkdr, Adkdri, Adikari, Audicarei ; hence also the Adigar of Ceylon, H. &c. (S. ^ftl<*lO) One who holds a superior office or authority ; a superintendant, a ruler, a governor; as,

Grdmddhikdri, The headman of a village.

Desddhikdri, The head of a district or province ; abbre- viated in the south of India to Desai, corruptly Deysaee, or Desaye : also one who claims a right ; as, Uttarddhikdri, Subsequent claimant, i.e. Successor, heir, especially as ap- plicable to landed property : it may also denote one who, although a member of a village community, occupies his land in his own right, or in severalty. See Arudihdrai.

Adhikarma, H. (S. ^lf>I«li»§) Superintendence, supervision, government.

Adhikarma-krdt, H. (S. ^l|<**S<Jri ) A supervisor, a supe- rior, a governor.

Adhipati, or Udhiputee, corruptly Adhiput, H. (S. ^rftprflT:) A superintendant, a headman. It is used like Adhikdri in composition, as Grdmddhipati, Head of a village ; Des- ddhipati, Head of a district.

Adhirdj, or Udhiraj, H. (S. ^fvtnn) A paramount prince or sovereign, but also commonly used as a title to persons of

AD

AD

inferior pretensions, although of consequence. It is some- times abbreviated to DMraj, as Mahdrdj, Dhiraj, Jay

Sink, the great king, the supreme Jay Sinh. Adhi-vinnd, S. (^ftlf^^l) In Hindu law, a superseded wife,

one who has been succeeded by other wives. Adhi-vedanika, S. (^lfv^f«T«ir) In Hindu law, Dowry or

settlement given to a first wife on her supercession by a

second marriage. Adhyagni, S. (^rwf'TT) Property given to the wife at the

time of marriage, or over the (nuptial) fire. One of the

items of Stri-dhan, or female property, in Hindu law. Adhydvdhaniha, S. (WKn^Tlf«T«!r) An item of woman's

property ; property that has descended to her lineally. Adhik, or Udhik, H. (S. ^fVcH:) More, any thing in addition

or excess. It occurs in most of the dialects, singly or

in composition. Adhika^vdram, Tam. (5i|^<561JrTrTLQ) In South India, a

division of the crop in which a larger share is assigned

to Brahmans or other privileged persons. Adhi, S. (^fv:) A pledge, or deposit, which may be of

two kinds — Gopya, to be preserved entire and perfect, or

Bhogya, to be used or enjoyed ; also Bandhaka, q. v. Adhi hlioga, S. ('^rrfwtn) Use of a thing pledged, either

as the equivalent of a partial or entire remission of interest. Adhoma, or Udhokeea, Thug. A person who has separated

from a party, and has thereby escaped their fate of being

waylaid and murdered. Api, or Adhi, Beng. ('^rtfe, 'STtfi?) A measure of ca- pacity, equal, in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, to two

maunds. Adi, corruptly Addy, Tam. {£l|L!^) A foot ; also a measure

of length, a short foot=: 10 . 46 inches : 57,600 square adis

are equal to a kdni, q.v. Adihol, Tam. (illL^iSSarreD) A measuring rod. Adi cheei, Tam. (5I|U^<S'S<9'l!fl) Near the town; a village

near a town, a suburb ; that part of the village in which

the hereditary proprietors reside. Adidadi, (In Chingleput) Breach of the peace. Adikasu, Kam. (esO^S^cOJ) ^ daily tax levied on shops,

especially in regimental bazars, varying from one to four

kds, or cash. Adiki, Adike, Kam. (est^S, e3E5"s) Betel or Areka-unt. Adike-gonihdr, Karn. A tax on the hire of the Gonikars,

a low caste of Hindus employed to gather the areka-nut

from the gardens of the Ryots in Mysore. 7

Adihe-hriydvdd, Kam. A tax on betel-nut tree groves in Mysore. Adima, Udima, Mai. (c®i^alci) ; Adimai, Tam. (SlJU^troLQ) ; Adime,1e\.(^^ o^ ) Slavery, bondage in general. A bond- man, a slave. In Tam., especially a predial slave attached hereditarily to the land, and only transferable with it. In Malabar it also implies the feudal dependency of a Nair upon some chief whom he selects for his protector or patron.

Adimaichittu, Tam. (ajU^eCDLQS'e^l—®) Bill of sale for a slave.

Adima, or Udima janm, Mai. (^02, S. in*!, birth, birth- right). Mortgage of land for a sum inferior |o its value by a superior to a person of a low caste ; hence some- times applied to a grant of land by a superior to an in- ferior, either rent-free, or at a quit-rent : the land, in either case, reverting to the granter on failure of heirs of the grantee. [This is evidently the same as the Adoni-janm of the Glos- sary, Fifth Report. See R. p. 801.]

Adima-janm kdr, or Adima-jamrir-kolunavan, Mai. (6l<fe0e-i OOnjnr6) The person who holds an Adima grant.

'Adima-janm, panam, Mai. (ojevnoo, price). Price or fee paid for receiving land by Adima tenure.

Adimapani, Mai. (<S^slGlaJ6Y-o1) The duty of a slave, servitude.

Adima-paramba, Mai. (q_1oOQJ, a garden), A plantation or garden held by an Adima grant.

J.dmaya?7ara, Mai. (cS»BslCiCQJOojro) Immunities granted

to slaves by their masters, as land, gardens, &c.

AdimAn, cor[\x.pibj,Adehmaun, Mar.(^Tf^>n^, from the S.^rrf^,

first, and HTH, respect). The first rights or privileges enjoyed

by a village officer ; certain claims or rights of precedence, &c.

Adinam, Tam, (S. aLaOOTLQ) Government. Property.

Adinattukudaiyavan, or Adinakartan, Tam. (.gL^OOT^ ^S@{3C3L_U_16LIOT ^^OCTSCTSSOT) A proprietor, an owner, a landlord, an heir or inheritor. Adi - PATTADENELLIT, Tam. (=i|U^UUI_l_©ipGr5^6^) Waste or sweepings at the foot {.adi) or bottom of a stack of straw ; a band of straw tied round a stack of grain to prevent the clandestine removal of any part of it.

Adippukkuli,T&m.{Si\Kj.\-ii.\S>&n-.^) Wages for thrash- ing corn. •

Adittumutaldnatu, Tam. (5lJL:j-^^(lpS6Drr(3!3r^) Quan- tity of grain thrashed. Adirasu, Kara. (©GO e<OJ) Remains of a heap of corn; gleanings.

AD

AD

Api stjDRA, Tarn. (Sl^^^^fjnch) A man of a low caste ; one of a caste inferior to (adi), even the Siidra.

ApiTl, or ApiTIYA, H. ('Srf^fir) A mercantile correspondent or agent ; but the word is a corruption of Adat, Arhat, or Arhatiya, q.v.

Aditya, H. (S. ^nf^w:) The sun. Aditya-var, or Aditya-bdr, abridged to A-it-rvar, or more commonly, Etmar (H. iiJLil) Sunday.

ApiYAN, plur. ApiYAH, Mai. (CS'DslCQJOnrt)) A slave, a serf, a vassal ; a man of low caste in Malabar, who lives under the protection of a Raja or religious establishment. Tam. (cijU^|J_1JT(3CT) A man-servant; Adiydl, Tam. (il^L^.- U_irT6TT) a woman-servant.

Adl, Udl, H. &c. (a. Jiic) Justice, equity. Equality, equi- poise. The word occurs in most dialects, with slight modifications, and in some places denotes an official seal or stamp for documents, parcels, &c. ; also, in Orissa and the northern Cirkars, a wooden stamp for blocks of salt. Adl-dar, H. ( iW J^J*) A sealer ; an officer whose duty it

is to apply seals or stamps. Addala-vddu, Tel. (©geJ5T°Q0) An officer who stamps blocks of salt; also a manufacturer of salt, or hired labourer employed in the manufacture. Aadil, H. (A. Jtilc) A just or upright person; one in

whom trust may be placed. Addil al JRakn, A. (.^^^ J"^^)- In Mohammadan law, a third party, to whose keeping a pledge or security given by a borrower to a lender is entrusted.

AdalAt, Udalut, corruptly, Adavtlut, H. (A. ui^'iAr)

Court of justice ; justice, equity. Under the Mohammedan

/I Government the Addlats, or Courts of Justice, were four :

1. Nizdmat Addlat, (li^lj^c ci.~«Uai) The Supreme Court of Criminal Justice, nominally presided over by the Ndzim, or Viceroy of the province. This was subdivided into the Moz-dddlat, or Court held on a Sunday by the Ndzim

A A

for the trial of capital offenders, and the Addlat ul Adli- yat (from ^Ic), The High Court, in which affi'ays, quarrels, and cases regarding personal property were tried : this was usually presided over by the Nizam's deputy, or Ddrogha.

2. Diroani Addlat (c:-Jlj>c ci'ji'^) The Civil Court of the Diwan, the chief officer in charge of the revenue of the principality.

3. Faujddri Addlat (lS^Iac ^_5-,lLy»-y) The Court of the Faujdar, or chief of the magistracy and police of a district ; the Subordinate, or District Criminal Court.

8

4. Addlat ul Kdzi (^_J-olsJI tJI^Uc) The Court of the Kdzi, the chief judge of a tovra or district in civil causes and questions regarding the Mohammedan religion. Under him the Muhtadh held a Court for the adjudication of offences against morals — as drunkenness, gambling, &c. Under the British Government these Courts were continued, with some modifications, until 1793, when the judicial and revenue departments were separated, and Zila and Provincial Courts were established, subordinate to one Supreme Addlat at the

A

Presidency, distinguished as the Sadk, or Suddbr Ada-

LAT (A. ciJtii^ iiJ.^) High Court of Justice, or Court of

Final Decision, subdivided into, Sadr-Diwdni Addlat, or, corruptly, Stidder Dewamiy

Adamlut, High Court of Civil Jurisdiction. Sadr Nizdmat, or Faujddri Addlat, High Court of Cri- minal Justice. Beng. Reg. iii. ix. xii. xiii. 1793, ii. 1795,

ii. 1801, viii. 1803, V. 1809, &c. Addlat Akhar, H. (A.^ji^l, greatest), A superior Court of

Justice ; a Court of Appeal. Addlat Asghar, H. (A.^^l, smallest). An inferior, or

subordinate Court of Justice. Adm, Udm, H. (a. aSc) Cessation, discontinuance. In Urdu

it is chiefly used to form technical compounds ; as, Adm-i-jaiddd, H. (P. tiljjls-, a grant), Loss or forfeiture

of a grant ; loss of subsistence. Adm-nishdn, H. (P. ^J^, sign or trace). Unclaimed or

untraceable property, &c. Adm-i-sabut, P. (A. ClJyj, confirmation). Wanting proof,

defective in evidence. Adm-i-tandehi, H., Remissness or neglect in pursuing a

cause, suffering it to go by default, {lit. want of bodily

exertion ; or P. tan, and S. deh, both meaning body). AdmarjIi, Hindi (^^TSTT^) A term used in leases, signi- fying failure from drought. Adoni-janm, Mai. Lands held by individuals of low caste

and artisans under grants from persons of rank and property.

See Adima-janm, for which it is no doubt an error. Apu, Tam. (^®), Ata, Mai. ((S»3)S) A sheep, a goat. Attukdran, Mai. ( CS^|c&>oronrt)) A shepherd, a goath^d. Attukkidai, Tam. (^(—©se^anDl—) A field, cote, or place

where goats or sheep are penned, for the sake of their

manure. Attumari^Mli (?) Tam. The hire paid to the owner of a

flock of sheep or goats for their detention in a field for

the purpose of manuring it.

AD

AG

Attu-vari, Tam. (61Jr^, tax), A tax on sheep or goats. Adukkuvata, Mai. (CSfOfoefiicUfS)) Any right retained by

the original proprietor from the purchaser or mortgagee. AuuTTi, Tam. (2^®^^), Usury.

Adya-seaddha, S. (^T?raT#) The first ^raddha, or obse- quial ceremony after a person's decease. Aentha, Thug. Silver money.

Afat, Afut, vernacularly, Aphat, H. (A. Cl-^s t , >^|iKri , S. '^IMri) Misfortune, calamity. Afat dsmdni, H. (P. ^jLmj I , heaven), Misfortune from hea- ven, as bad seasons, storm, drought, &c. Afatfarmani, or sultani, H. (A. ^J^r'-^J'^^) Misfortune from the tyranny or exactions of the Government or its oflBcers. Afim, Ufeem, or Upheem, H. (A. *ji! , ^mftl) ; also Afiun,

(A. jjj^l) Opium. Afshani-kaghaz, H. (P.Jil^ jjUiJl) Paper studded or spangled with gold-leaf, used in writing to persons of dis- tinction. Aftaba, H. (p. ULXil) A ewer.

Aftab-gir, H. (p. of tab i— jlJuT, the sun, and gWjA, what receives), A large flat semicircular parasol. Aftab-giri, H. The servant who carries the parasol. Aftabi, H. (from the P. <_jUj 1, the sun), A large flat cir- cular or semicircular parasol carried by the side of the person or palankin shaded by it. Under the Mogul Go- vernment it was one of the insignia of high rank, and could be carried only by special permission or grant of the Emperor. Aphtada, for AptIda, Hindi (^Mitll^l, from P. iiiUij!, fallen). Lands of which possession has been transferred to another ; also, neglected land, or that which has fallen out of cultivation. Afu, Ufoo, a. (jAC, lit. pardon). Balance or residue of an estate. Exemption from, or remission of surplus charge. Afzun, Afzoon, H. (p. JO)/'') Increase ; increased revenue. Addition (in account) ; an account in which a certain number of items are added together, and their totals are then progressively added, until the final sum is obtained. Agaiba, corruptly, AuGAYRA, H. iijjf\, from S. agra'^TX, and H. age ^ t , before, at first), The first sheaves of the crop presented to the Zemindar. Agaiya, Ugaiya, H. (UjI, from dg, from S. ^srfnr, Fire, 9

abridged to ^STPT) A disease afiecting rice, in which the plant seems burnt up. Agam, Tam. (ajQlL) The earth. Grain. Agamudaiyan, Tam. (£l|<E6(Lp(3C:)l_LLJrT(3nT) A landholder ;

also, the name of a caste. Agavilai, Tam. (aiSSLjISai) Market-price of grain. Agama, S. (^THIJ) a work on sacred science; a scripture. . In law, a voucher, a document, a title ; also, descent of property. Agami, Beng. (S. 'STt'^ttf^), Future, what is to come ; whence Ag&m, an advance of payment ; also used in deeds and leases, to indicate all future possible privileges or profits. Agan, Ugun, or Ag, H. ( lL/1 S. Agni 'srfnrt, fire). Fire, or its personified divinity. Aganhotri, more correctly, Agnihotri, H. (S. wfrsT^) A Brahman who maintains a perpetual fire in his house. See Agni-hotri. Agar, Ague, H. CS 1 , probably from S. '^144., a mine), A salt-pit. Agari, Aguree, H. (uf/l ) A manufacturer of salt. Agar, Mar. (^rnn;) A plantation of fruit-trees, especially of betel-nut and cocoa-nut trees. A place on the sea-shore having salt-pits. Agar-gaon, Mar. ('iHJIC'IM) A village having plantations or orchards attached. Agaram, Tam. (a|i5ITLQ) A corruption oi Agraharam, q.v. Agari, Agaree, H. ((_f)lil , from the S. agra ^^, before). Money, &c., paid in advance. There are various dia- lectical modifications of the same, as, Agai or Agaee, Ag^ri or Agooree, Agan, Agavu, &c., all derived from Agra, meaning. Before, either in place or time, through the vernacular form Age. Agari (?). Said to be the name of a low caste of Hindus in Cuttack : according to one authority, bullock-drivers ; to another, domestic slaves. Agariya, Agureeya, Thug. Descendants of the original Thugs, who, after being expelled from Delhi, settled for a time at Agra. Agarvtal, Ugurwal, or AgarwalI, H. (SIjj^I) An im portant sub-division of the mercantile caste, comprising many of the wealthiest traders and bankers in Hindustan. According to Mr. Elliot they derive their name from Agroha in Sariana, whence they originally migrated to other provinces after the capture of that place by Shah&b- ad-Din Gori. Common tradition refers their name and D

AG

AG

origin to Agra. The Agarwal is one of the Gachhas, or families of the Jains ; and most of its members profess the Jain religion.

Agasa or Agasi, Ugusu, Ugusbb ; also Agusa, Kam. (esXc^, esXs^) a washerman. Agasara-terige, Kam. (S®"A , a tax), A tax on washermen.

AgAsi, Ugasee, H. (j^ol) A turban, in which sense it is also used by the Thugs ; but they apply the term like- wise to the cry of the kite. If heard between the first watch of the night and day-break it is unlucky ; in the day it is immaterial.

AgIsi- (probably for Akasi, skiey)-BiRAii, Thug, (but used in the Dekhin), Thunder.

Agastwar, H. (^ljl*iil ) A small clan of Rajputs in Haveli- Benares.

Agau, H. (jl^l), Agavu, Tel. (©X<^, from S. "sm) An ad- vance of money. In the northern Circars the same as Tdkdvi, or money-advance to the cultivators ; also collec- tion of revenue before it is due.

Agayadi, Ugutudee, Kam. (esXo&a) Small spots of land on which rice is sown for transplanting, and which the ryots claim free of rent.

Agda, or AgbI, H. (i3>Sl) An ear of com or rice which has been blighted and contains no grain.

Agham, Mar. (?). In the Dekhin, an extra assessment imposed upon the hereditary proprietors of a village to cover charges for unusual expenses or default of any of the community. — E. I. Set. iv. 541.

Aghan, Ughun, corruptly, Augun, H. i^^\ , S. ^nr^T'TO) One of the months of the luni-solar year — the eighth, cor- responding with November — December.

Aghani, Ughunbe, H. (tj^i/^ ) Produce of that portion of the Kharif, or cold weather crop, which is gathered in the month Aghan. It is also applied to the harvest of the cold season. Aghani-fasl, Ughunee-fuslj H. (J..^ {.S^^ ! ^^so, vernacu- larly, but incorrectly, in Hindi, Aghani-phasU ^'*i'{\mif\'^) The cold-weather harvest, reaped in Nov. — Dec.

AghAt, Ugh at, cormptly, Aghaut, H. (cul^\, S. ^irnr, from S. a '^, neg., and ghdta Xmr, struck), Land held in perpetuity, and inalienable.

Aghora, H. Mar. (S. ^TOtT;:, dreadftil), A name of Siva.

A religious mendicant, of an order of which the practices

are most filthy and disgusting, the food being ordure and

carrion, and, it is said, human flesh ; but much of this is

10

imposture, the object of which is to excite the wonder of • the beholders, and make them believe in the utter indif- ference of the Aghora to worldly enjoyments.

Aghora-pantha, or mdrga, H. Mar. (S. xczt, HT^, a road). The path or practices of the Aghoras.

Aghora-panthi, H. Mar. One following the Aghora path.

Aghororpramomam, S. (HTraf, authority), A peculiarly solemn form of oath used in the south of India, wherein the person to be sworn, after fasting and bathing, sits down, decorated with flowers, in a temple ; and having made his asseveration in front of the idol, puts out a lamp burning before it, and wishes he may be "similarly extinguished if he has uttered an untruth. Agni, Ugni, S. (^PhJ, written also, but incorrectly, Ugnee, and abbreviated in several dialects to Ag lL/D Fire. Either the element, or domestic or sacred fire, or the ' element personified as the god of fire, to whom oblations of clarified butter are offered at most domestic rites.

Agni-astra, S. Fire-arms, a weapon of fire ; a fabulous weapon so called ; a rocket.

Agni-brdhmana, S. A Brahman who officiates as priest at the burning of dead bodies.

Agni-dagdha, S. Ben. A Hindu, who having died with- out issue, is burnt at once, without the previous cere- mony of having fire put into the mouth of the corpse.

Agni-ddha, S. The ceremony of burning a dead body ; lit. burning with fire.

Agni-dik, S. The south-east quarter, of which Agni is the regent.

Agni-hotra, S. Performance of daily or occasional wor- ship with fire lighted from a perpetual fire preserved in the dwellings of a particular class of Brahmans.

Agni-hotri, S. A Brahman who maintains a perpetual household fire.

Agni-homa, S. Performance of worship with fire ; offering oblations to fire. The ceremony is denominated also simply, Soma.

Agni-kriyd, S. Any ceremony with fire, but especially the burning of the dead.

Agni parikshd, S. (from TpcJ^T, trial). Ordeal by fire, as formerly practised by walking through it, or as subse- quently practised, dipping the hand into boiling oil, &c.

Agni pratishthd, S. Consecration of fire ; fire lighted from the perpetual fire for any particular ceremony, as that of marriage.

AG

AG

Agni-sanskdra, S. The sacrament of fire ; the burning of the dead body as an essential rite of the Hindu religion. The completion of any essential rite by worship with fire. Agni-shoma, or Agnishomiya-yaga, S. A ceremony per- formed at the new moon, when oblations of milk are offered to Indra through fire. Agnishtoma, S. A sacrifice, in which the juice of the

Soma or asclepias is offered in oblation. Agni-sutra, S., lit. A thread of fire, but in Mysore applied to a girdle of sacrificial grass placed round the waist of a young Brahman when he is invested with the sacred string of his caste.

AaoT, Mar. (^ifR) The period shortly before or after the setting in of the rainy season.

Agor, Ugob, or Agorya, H. ([ij^\ j^\) A man appointed to watch the crops (used chiefly in the Benares district). A division of the crop.

Agor-batai, Ugor-butaee, corruptly, Agore-betay, H. ((_Svi lyl) Division of the crop immediately after reaping between the cultivator and the Government, the latter taking half the produce in kind. A division of the crop in predetermined proportions between landlord and tenant ; lit. a watching and sharing, each party keeping a watch over the fields, that none of the crop may be fraudulently made away with. Reg. ii. 1795.

Agora, Ugora, H. Oj^^) Daily hire.

Agound, Ugound, H. ( JJyl) The top of the sugar-cane cut up for seed, in distinction to Bel-ka-lij, in which the cane itself is cut into five or six pieces. In some parts of the north-west provinces the different portions of the cane have different names. Pat implies the leaves of the top ; Ag, Agao, Agoura, Agin, or Gaundit are applied to the cane a few inches below the top ; Kancha, Gulla, Palwa, or Phungi, about a foot lower, and is the part generally used for seed. The rest of the plant is termed Gande, Gunda, or Gunna (perhaps for the S. Khahda ?3^:). — Elliot.

Agour, H. {jt^\ , from H. Age ^1 , S. agra ^ni) An advance of rent paid by the cultivator to the Zemindars in the months of Jeth and Ashdrh (Oude).

Agradana, Ben. C^Sflft^) A Brahman of an inferior order, who conducts funeral obsequies, or Sraddhas, for hire ; also called Mahdpdtra, Mahdhrdhmana, Great Brahman, ironically.

Agraharam,Ugruharum, or, with the inflective sign, Agra- haramah, AgrahIramu ; also abbreviated as Aga- 11

BAM, agrXram, and corruptly, Agraghrah ; also, but superfluously, AgrahAravadai. Tel., Kam., Tam., Mar. (S. ^y^IO, from agra ^nj, first, and hdra ^TT, what re- ceives), A village, or a part of one, occupied by Brahmans, and held either rent-free under special grants, or at a re- duced rate of assessment. The precise nature of the tenure is usually denoted by a term prefixed, as Sarvdgrahdram, free from all (sarva) tax ; Bil-maht agrahdram, a village at a stipulated (A. JjiUJb) rent; and Kattuhadi agra- haram, a village held at a rent which fluctuates with the produce (from the Tel. Kattuhadi, a favourable or quit rent). The same is termed, in Kamata Jodi-agrahdra

Agrahdravddai, Tam. (ajiEb<^rJ<5rTU5LirT0S3l_), Agra- kdra vddike, Kam. (e5i^X;CX3c)OoJ o)£>S) One of the former divisions of the villages in the Dravira countries ; those exempt fi-om revenue, usually occupied by Brahmans, but sometimes by other classes. Agrahdrika, Ugruharika, Tel. Kam. (eSi^oocsQs) A Brah- man inhabiting an Agrahara village. In Bengal, a Brah- man who conducts Sraddhas, or obsequial ceremonies.

Agula, Uriya (2|?ISl ) In the northern Circars, a dam to divert the course of a stream, and turn it over the fields for irrigation.

Agubi, Beng. (^'tSt) Alow caste ; mostly cultivators.

AgwI, H. (ijil) A village servant, who acts as a guide to travellers.

Agwar, H. (j'jjI) The portion of com set apart for the vil- lage servants (from Age, first ; the first part to be taken from the heap). In the eastern provinces it implies the perquisite of the ploughmen in kind.

Agwasi, H. (^wjljil) The body of the plough-share.

Agya, H. &c. (USI , from the S. Ajnd ^^Tt) An order, an edict, award, decree. Agyd-patra, H. A written order, a warrant or commission,

an edict. Abdgya, Uriya (for S. ^r=t, against, and ^5T) Disregard of orders ; resistance to process.

Ahad, Uhud, H. (a. Ay;) An agreement, an engagement, a compact. Ahad-ddr, H. One who makes an agreement ; an officer of the Mogul Government who, for a per-centage on the collection, engaged for the revenue of a district. Ahad-ndma, H. A written engagement.

Ahadis, H. (a. Cl^.i3U-l, plur. of Li-^iie.) Traditions; espe- cially the traditionally transmitted sayings and doings of

AH

AH

Mohammed, as constituting the basis of the Sunnat, or traditional law.

Ahak, Ahuk, H. (p. CJji]) Quick-lime ; an abwdb, or cess upon lime.

Ahal, Hindi (<l[^c^) Freshness of soil.

Ahan, Ahun, H. (p. ^^T) Iron. Ahani-kolimi, Tel. (from dhan, iron, and Tel. kolimi S €<\) ^ a forge), A tax on blacksmiths.

Ahar, Ahuk, or Ahara, Ahuru, or Ahari, Ahuree, H. (i_£^l,_yEil, from S. ddhdra ^TVlt) A small pond; a reservoir for collecting water for irrigation ; a drain or ditch for the same purpose ; a trough for watering cattle.

Ahar, Ahur, H. (jbi) A salt-pit.

Ahar, Ahur, H. (^l) The name of a tribe or caste ex- tensively spread through Rohilkhand and other districts in the north-west provinces, following pastoral occupations, and claiming to be descended from the Yadu-race of Rajaputs, but not so recognised by other castes. The tracts they occupy are known collectively as the Ahdrdt.

AHAVANfTA, S. (^n^grhr:) The consecrated fire taken from the household fire for the purpose of receiving oblations.

Ahdah, Uhduh, or more correctly, Ohduh, q.v. H. (A. iS^) An office, whether civil or military. Ahdak-ddr, H. (P.j\ii, who has), An officer, a functionary, whether military or civil.

Ahera, Mar. (^^^) Presents made to a person by his rela- tions on occasion of a marriage in his family.

Ahehiya, H. (Ij^I) a sportsman, a fowler.

Aheva, Mar. (^^, from S. a ^, not, and vidhavd f^^, widow), A woman whose husband is living. Aheva-navami, Mar. The ninth of the dark fortnight of Bhadra (Aug. — Sept.), when offerings are made to the manes of women who have died before their husbands.

Ahir, Uheeh, H. (;JAI, from the S. Abhir, q.v.), A caste of Hindus following the occupation of shepherds ; originally a pastoral tribe in the west of India, but now spread univer- sally, and especially numerous in the north-west provinces, where they are distinguished as three races, acknowledging no other connection than the name of Ahir. These are of the Nand-lansa (race), Jad or Yadu-lansa, and Gmdl iGo^rvdla, cowherd) bansa. The first are most nume- rous in the Central Doab ; the second in the Upper Doab, and on the west of the Jumna ; and the last in the Lower Doab and the province of Benares. The two first are numerously sub-divided, bearing distinctive appellations, 12

taken usually from the place where they reside. Some of the Jad-bansis have been converted to Mohammedanism, and are known as Hangars in common with some other tribes. Tribes of Ahirs are numerous also in Rajputana and the Panjab. In the Delhi territory the Ahirs eat, drink, and smoke with Jats and Giijars, and in some cases vfith Rajputs. The several sub-divisions intermarry, avoiding only the four families nearest in affinity ; and where they are much intermixed, as in the Delhi district, with Ghijars and Jats, they conform to their usage of the marriage of the widow of an elder brother by the next in seniority. Ahita, Uheetu, H. (<Uja1) a person appointed to watch the grain when it is ripe, and see that none is carried away before the demands on it are liquidated. AhitIgni, S. ('Snf^'iITf'"«lO A Brahman householder who

maintains a perpetual family-fire. AhkIm, H. (a. (»K»-I, plur. of ***-) Orders, commands. Ahhdm-ndma, corruptly, Ahdm-nama, or Akdm ndma, H. Written orders ; the title given, in the Kamatic, to the assessment of the land-revenue made under Tipu. Ahkdmi-zaminddr, H. A Zamindar appointed by the ruling power. Ahl, Uhl, H. (a. (Jal) People belonging to either person, place, or practice ; family dependants ; the women and children of the head of a family. It is commonly used in composition, as, AhUul-Ijtihdd, A. (i>L^IU-3l Jjol) In Mohammedan law.

People capable of legal investigation ; qualified jurists. Ahl-i-kdr, H. (J^ ija>\) People ofbusiness; officers ofa court. Ahl-i-kalam, H. (Jj Jjul) Civil officers; people of the pen. This is also used in Mysore, as Karn. (&5SbS§t)0). Ahl-i-kitah, H. (A-C-jIxS", a book). People of the Book — Mo- hammedans, Jews, and Christians. Ahl-i-mddsh, H. (A. j^Uo) Possessor ofa means of subsis- tence ; holder of a rent-free tenure. Ahl-uUnaxdrif, A. (from i_J^Li<i) In Mohammedan law, A proprietor; one who has the right of appropriation, or disbursing. Ahl-i-nasrat, A. (from x^) In Mohammedan law, Coadju- tors, colleagues; persons fit or able to assist or restrain their associates, and who are therefore amenable to punishment if they suffer or aid them to commit any offence. Ahl-irmnnat,A. (from ci^a*^) The followers of the traditional, aswellasthe written law. TheSunnis,asopposedtotheShi-as.

AH

Ahla, H. (Sal) Inundation, overflow.

AhmakIna, H. ((JJliUs-l, from the A. ^Ja=-I, a fool, lit. foolishly), A fine paid by a collector or farmer of the re- venue on account of deficiency or default. Ahmed-Ma HMUD, H. (A. ii^>t.!sr« , iV*»-l, lit. the praised, but used as proper names), A term applied in the Courts to two persons who have combined to defraud a third. Ahmedi, H. (a. (^^J^A^v!) A gold coin of Tipu Sultan, equal to 5 pagodas, Marsden. miii. miv. It is also ap- plicable to the coins of Ahmed Shah of Delhi. Ahnika, S. (^Tf?=ir, from ^^, a day, diurnal). The daily

observances of the Hindus ; a diary, a journal. Ahoratra, S. ('SI?^n^:) A day and night, from sunrise to

sunrise. Ahsham, corruptly, Asham, (H. |»liiu»-I, A. plur. oS JUj>-) Kam. (es&SItBO)^ Hasham, or HashIm, Mar. (^^IH, ^^TR), Attendants, followers, retinue. In the Dekhin and Camatic, A kind of irregular troops or militia, employed chiefly as garrisons, and as an armed police. Ahsham, ot Hashdm-daftar, H. Mar. (P.^JjiJ, an office), The muster-roll or return of the local militia, and their expense. Ahsham, or Hasham daftarddr, H. Mar. (P.^Ij) An officer in the Maratha state who made out the. annual accounts of the expenses and dues of the irregular troops from the rough accounts. Hasham, or Hasham-famavis, Mar. (iBT^g'^^l) An officer who made out the muster and pay-rolls of the irregular troops ; also Ahsham or Hashdm-navis. Ahsham, or Hashdm-jdigir, H. Mar. (jj.X^'js-) Assignments

of revenue for the support of the irregular troops. Ahshdm, or Hashdm-sibandi, or Ahshdm, or Hashdm Si- pdhi, H. Mar. (^f^R'^^r^, f^PHf'^) Local militia, or irregu- lar troops, employed in garrisons, or as an armed police, in the Maratha countries. Ahwal, H. (A., plur. of JU-) Circumstances, condition, events ; a report or record of the particulars of an affair, or of the condition of a thing or person. Ahya al-MawAt (A. eijl^l bj»-l , lit. revival of the dead).

Cultivation of waste lands. Al AhyIi bad al-Mawat, Mar. (cut^l dfo l^I^I Jl)

Surviving heirs after others' death (Mohammedam law). A-igalu, or Ayiga'lu, Karn. (Hc£X3Ae)J) The box in which the portable emblem of the Lingaits is carried hung round the neck.

13

AI

A-fDENE, Kam. (ScSXDQrO) Ears of com selected for seed.

First crop.

AilI, or IlA, a. (1)1) a vow; but in Mohammedan law,

especially a vow to abstain from carnal knowledge of a wife

for four months, the fulfilment of which is equivalent to a

divorce.

A-iL, A-bel, Ben. {"^ti^l) Abank or mound of earth forming

a division between fields, a boundary mark, an embankment.

AlMA, less correctly, Ayma, H. (A. <UjI) Land granted by

the Mogul Government, either rent-free or subject to a

small quit-rent, to learned and religious persons of the

Mohammedan faith, or for religious and charitable uses

in relation to Mohammedanism. Such tenures were

recognised by the British Government as hereditary and

transferable. Beng. Regulations before 1793, p. 24. Reg.

viii. 1793, &c.

Aima-idz-ydft, H. (P. Cl^ljjb) Lapsed Aima grants, or

such grants subsequently assessed. Aima-bdei-zamin, H. (A. f^j-^j i5-»''j) Land held rent-free,

or at a quit-rent, under an Aima grant. Aima-ddr, H. (P.^li> , who has), Holder of land granted for religious or charitable uses, or to religious or learned Mo- hammedans. Aima-mauzd, H. (A. ^yo) A village given as a charitable endowment to learned or religious persons. AiN, A. (the Arabic letter c). The official counter-mark of the Vazir upon a royal mandate for an assignment of revenue under the Mohammedan Governments. A-iN, Aeen, Ayin, Ayeen, q. v. H. (P. ^^ I) Laws, statutes, rules, regulations ; the laws enacted by secular authority in distinction to those of the Koran or sacred tradition. Ain-ddn, H. (P. yjli>) Literally, One who knows the law, but applied especially to one who, by his knowledge of Go- vernment regulations, takes advantage of those who are unfamiliar with them. Ain-Tvartan, OT murtun, (?) (S. ^^tT) A special allowance in some parts of the south of India to the Zemindar from the resources of the village. Ain-i-sharhat, H. (A. Ll^o^^i) Terms or rules of partnership. AlN, A. (^^}J^) Property actually existing, specific sum or value, the most precious or substantial part of property. As adopted in Maratha finance, Ain (^rf), incorrectly vn-itten sometimes Ay en, implies either the original fixed or standard assessment of the revenue or the lands bearing such assessment. It occurs also in various com- E

AI

AJ

biuations in the revenue language of the Maratha provinces and some other parts of India, chiefly in the South, in the sense of actual, original, or originally fixed or standard. Ainbdbati, Mar. ($r|^Rifi') The original Babatt, or portion, of the fourth of the Maratha tribute set apart for the prince. Ainberij, Tam. (ajUJOTTGLJcf^ ) Actual or standard

assessment. Aindasta, Mar. (5'r|<(W) The regular cess upon fields, &c.,

as opposed to any incidental or extra charge. Ainjamd, corruptly, Ayen-jumma, H. (fi:om the A. ain ^^^ , special, and jama f*»-. collection) Mar. (5»l»iHl) Tam. (£l|Ll_ljK5r^LQrT) The regular or standard collections or revenue, fixed exclusive of extra cesses, the same as the Asal jamd of Bengal. Ainjamdbandi, Mar. (P. t^tiJij ) The settlement or account

of the assessment upon any given tract. Ainjinnas, Mar. (tuPiiy^t, from the A. jj^jU-) The produce

of the soil as assessed in kind, not in money.

Ainkamdvisjamd, Mar. (?»'r|oRJT[qA5I»r'n) The original

articles of the extra revenue not included in the land

revenue ; cesses or fees of some standing.

Ain-mokdsd, Mar. (lITpftcirraT, from the A. muhcLSsar, jMl^,

diminished, or mukhassas, {_,io.asr*, appropriated ?) Tlie

original amount of assignment of lands, or of a portion of the

Government claim of the fourth of the revenue, to the Maratha

Sirdars, on condition of their keeping up troops, &c., for the

service of the State ; also the fixed share of the Government

in the property of a village, and the revenue derived from

it, or the village originally paying part revenue to the State.

Aindti, corruptly Ayanatee and Einatee, Mar. (^rrnft) The

original standard assessment of the revenue. Ain-mulki, Mar. (A. l^Le, a kingdom) The original land

revenue. Ain-sibandi, Mar. (f^R^) The original establishment of

militia. Ain-taram, Tam. (A. j^^^jc, original, and T. taram 0I7LO, kind, species). The original classification of lands in the Madras provinces at the time of the survey, according to their kinds or qualities ; also the assessment thus fixed, exclusive of sums imposed on account of subsequent im- provement. Ain-tankhd Dekh. (P. isl^s^J) The original and fixed assign- ment of the revenue of lands ; a particular settlement of the revenue in the Dekhin. See Tankhd. 14

AiNAT (A. XJUfi). Delivery of goods on credit at an enhanced

price, instead of a loan of money at interest. AlSH-MAHAL, H. (from A. ;_pJx, pleasure, and Js-*, a chamber), The inner or female apartments of the house of a person of wealth or rank. AivAJU, Tel .Kar. ( 33^2^ , corruption of the A. (_/5jC > iroaz). Substitute, equivalent ; one thing substituted for another. Money. Aivaj-dkaram, Tel. (?) Gross product. AiWARA, H. (^ilj;j) A cow-shed in the middle of a jungle. AlYAN, Tam. (^LLJ<3DT) A father, also more reverentially Aiyangar, and, in the South of India, a title added to the names of Brahmans, especially those of the , Srivaishnava or Mdmdnujiya order. Aja, Uju, or Adja, Udju, Tel. (^S&i ) Amount, total, whole, the gross produce of the land, including the shares of the Government and of the Ryots. Aja, Mar. (^*r) The line drawn over the items of a paper of accounts ; also of the columns and several lines across it. Ajalu, Tuluva, but current in Karnata, (?). Hereditary fees

and perquisites -of the village officers and servants. AjAMi.N, Tel. (corruption of S. yajamdna, ^I»I>n^;) House- holder, manager, master : it properly means the house- holder at whose expense, and on whose behalf, a religious ceremony is performed. Ajan, Hindi (^»n) The length of a field. Ajara, Ujaru, more correctly Ijara, q. v. A farm, a con- tract. Ajata-putra, S. (from ^aTTcT, unborn, and tt^, a son), A man to whom no son has been born, (and who has, therefore, power to adopt one). Ajauri, TJjouree, H. (i^jj=^\) Advances, particularly to agricultural labourers. — East Oude. Agrourhi is the term used in some other places. — Elliot. Ajauli, Ujoulee, H. i^J^\) Perquisite of the lower castes from the threshing floor: Benares. It is derived from the S. Anjali, the two hands joined, being as much as may be so taken away. — Elliot. Ajil, a. ((J.=-0 Procrastination in law. SuflFering such

an interval to elapse as does not preclude complaint. Ajina, S. &c. (^ftl»f) The hide of an antelope or tiger used as a seat by the religious student, also in the South of India at weddings. Ajir, Ujeer, H. (a. iji»-\ ) A hired servant or labourer,

AJ

AK

a bondsman, a bond-slave, one who has entered into an engagement for a stipulated sum to serve another for a specific term, or until he repay the sum advanced ; also, a hirer : a lessee. Ajir mushtarih, A. (^Jx^^ jjko-\) A common hireling-, one whose services are not confined to a single employer. Ajir mdhid, A. ( Aa»-1j jJ^'^i ) A hireling who takes service with one master only for a given term. AjNA, in some dialects but corruptly, Agyd, q. v. H. Ben. (S. ^^) Order, command, decree, award. In Tarn, it is transmuted in writing to Akkinai (aLSi^SsOT). Ajnd patra, H. Ben. (S. tT?, a leaf), A written order or decree. AjNAGDl, Hindi (^aTTlTTcft) Taken at a fixed money rate. Ajr, Ujr, H. (a. .=^1) Hire, wages.

Ajuha, Ujoora, Mar. ,(^^T, from the A. ^=>-l) Hire, wages, especially to one employed by the job. In com- mercial transactions the fee or per-centage charged on a dishonoured bill, for the expence of returning it to the drawer when residing at a distance. Ajurd dar. Mar. (P. itii) A hired labourer. Ajurd ddri, Mar. (P. i_?;lii) Hire, wages, pay by the job. AjYA, S. (^HIT) Butter that has been clarified by boiling, more commonly called Ghee, and peculiarly fit for oblations at sacrifices with fire : it is also drank at meals. Ajya bhdga, or Ajya-hhdsa, S. The portion of a cere- mony when the oblation of butter is presented. Ak, H. (tlJl, firom the S. ^%) Gigantic swallow-wort. A

sprout of sugar-cane. Aka, Ben. (^TW) A sack, a bag, a ftirnace. Akabati-tokki, Uriya. A basket for heaving salt over- board from salt-sloops. Akal, H. (S. a ^ neg., kdla, cnit^:, time), Famine, drought, any unseasonable occurrence. Akdl-vrishti, Hindi (S. 'ff?, rain), Untimely or unseasonable rain. Akala, a. ((Uli'l) Cancelling or revocation of sale. Akali, S.,(^oni^'t) A class of armed devotees among the Sikhs, worshippers of "Him who is without time, eternal." Akan, Akun, H. (^^1) Grass and weeds collected from a

ploughed field. Akah, less correctly, Akur, Mar. (S. 'STToRTtt lit. form, shape). The assessed rent or revenue of a village or district. Estimate in general. Akdr band, or bund, Mar. ('idohn;^^) A statement pre- 16

pared at the time of the annual settlement, shewing the highest amount of revenue derivable from a village, the quantity of land paying rent, or rent free, the sum assessed, and land cultivated during preceding years ; the balances due, and instalments by which they are to be discharged ; the sums payable to the village officers, and the shares in which the assessment is to be distributed among the oc- cupants of the lands. Akdr patra or patrah. Mar. (S. H^, a leaf). Account of rules of assessment, and amount of revenue kept by the Kulkarni. Akarmahi, Mar. ('^^TOni^, from ^^n, eleven, and m%, a month) Employment, &c., in which only eleven months' pay is received for twelve months' service. Akaran, H. &c. (S. ^ neg., and '^TT'lt) cause), Causeless, groundless. Ahdrana-vydjya, Karn. (© s c)0£3cOji)3j^) An idle or groundless suit. Akaraya, Hindi (^oTOHl) Ground not properly cleaned

for receiving the seed. Akas, H. (from the S. ^ToliT^lt) Ether, the fifth element of the Hindus ; but, in common use, atmosphere, sky. Ahds-birt, H. (S. ^TcRT^^wO One who has no ostensible means of subsistence : lit. one whose subsistence is the air. Akds-did, H. (from S. ^^^^T.) A lamp or lanthorn raised on a pole, a signal or watch light, a light raised at the Diwali festival. Ahds-muhhi, H. (S. ^T^T^l and J^S, the face), A devotee of the Saiva order, who keeps his face turned up to the sky, so that sometimes he cannot, without difficulty, restore his head to its natural position. AKASALiGA,or Agusaliga, Kam. (es^a^SX, esXb^SX)

A goldsmith. AkBARI-RAI, or AkBAR-AR-RAI, A. ((_fl; ujf/J^' or ij]}^j^^)

Strong presumptive evidence ; sufficient to convict. Akd, Ukd, H. (a. JJic) A knot, a tie ; an agreement, a compact, a contract of marriage. Akddna, H. (-kJ^Jsm) Marriage fee paid to the Kazi. AM-kitdbat, A. (A. ti^S^) A contract of Kitabat or con- ditional ransom granted by a master to his slave. AM-ndma, H. (P. &«ij, writing) A written contract, a marriage settlement. Akha, H. (1^1) A pair of grain bags used as a pannier. Ahhen, Mar. (^T^) One of the pair of grain or water bags forming a horse or bullock load.

AK

AK

Akha, Ben. ('^rt'Stt) A sack or bag ; a furnace. See Aha. Akhada, UkhAda, or AkhadA, AkhudI, pronounced also, AkhIhA, H. &c. (^^T3T, 'SJT^n) A place where people are assembled either temporarily or permanently ; a wrest- ling ground, a place for bodily exercises and games, a stand or place of resort for low people and hired labourers. The residence of a society of religious mendicants, a monastery. In Bengal it also means a band of singers. Akhakwah. a division of the Kurmi tribe (?). AkhakjIt, corruption of IkhrIjAt, q. v. Expenses. Akhat, Hindi (^^TT) A portion of the crop per each plough paid to the village artisans, or the smith, carpenter, &c. — North- West Provinces. Akhbar, H. (a. plur. of -A*-) News, intelligence, a news- paper ; especially the written intelligence of the proceed- ings of Native Courts and Princes circulated to other Courts and Princes by their appointed agents — a regular practice under the Native administration.

Ahhhdr-navis, A. (P. i>».-!y) A news- writer, an appointed communicator of intelligence — our own ' correspondent. Akhib, H. (A.^T) Akheb, Mar. (^^) Final, last, end. In the Dekhin, the last assessment, the rate at which the revenue Was last fixed.

Akhiri, A. ((_yp-l ) Last, final.

Akhiri-hisab-kharch, H. (A. —Ja- i iLkS..) Adjustment of

the cultivators at the end of the year, shewing the amoimt of revenue assessed, paid, and in arrears, with the items of deduction for expenses.

Ahhir-jamd turndri,}!. ((_y;U«ls f**- ) Improved revenue from that fixed originally ; applied especially to the revenues of Bengal, Behar, Orissa, Allahabad, &c., in the time of Mohammed Shah, as contrasted with those fixed in the time of Akbar.

Akhir,i-jamA-mdsil-baki, H. (A. ^'Ij jJ-aU) Final settlement of the accounts of a Zemindari, or a village, crediting profits and receipts ; debiting all disbursements and pay- ments of revenue, and adjusting the balance.

Akhir-i-nikds, H. ((_^KJ, S. f»i:oinB) Final settlement of an account, final adjustment of demand for revenue to be levied on a village or an estate ; annual account of col- lections duly balanced, furnished by an assistant collector or subordinate revenue officer. Nikds implies, properly, the settlement of an account or payment of rent by the cultivating Ryots to the Zemindar.

Akhir-patraka, H. (S. tRoF) In the Dekhin, account of the 16

last preceding assessment kept by the village accountant. Akhir-irsdl, H. (P. Jt*i) The end of the 'revenue^ year. Akher-sdlpatti, Mar. (^sr#t.W^U^T ) The last instalment and final settlement of the revenue at the end of the ofiicial year. Akhtij, Ukhteej, H. (^i«i^> from S. ashta ^^, in the North-West pronounced akhtd,a.jidL dasa ^^, ten, eighteen), The 18th of the month Baisdkh (April — May), on which it is customary for the cultivators to settle their accounts for the expenses of the Rdbi, or spring crop, and repayment of advances. It is proper on this day also to begin the manufacture of agricultural implements, to feed Brahmans, and to eat a small quantity of the new grain. A plough is also slightly passed over the fallow fields for good luck, but it is forbidden to sow seed on this day, except under particular circumstances. Akhtij kd bhao, H. (jl^) The rate or price of com prevail- ing on the day of Akhtij, at which rate the cultivator agrees to repay, in kind, the amount of any money advanced, together with the interest.

Akhu, Uriya (S. ^■^) Sugar-cane.

Akhun, or Akhund, H. (P. ^^Ji.\ jJ^ I ) A Mohammedan teacher or schoolmaster. In the Mohammedan villages of the South he is one of the village officers, and is paid by fees or perquisites by the community.

AakilAj a. (<ldi'W, from dkl, (JJic, having for one sense, re- straint ; but applied especially to the fine for bloodshed ; as, a restraint upon the commission of violence), In Moham- medan law, an individual connected with one who, whether intentionally or unintentionally, perpetrates homicide, and who is held jointly responsible for the fine to be paid by the perpetrator.

Akkadi, Ukkudee, Karn. i^^^) Pulse, or leguminous plants with a bivalve pericarp, having the seeds fixed to one only of the sutures. Akkadirpairu, Karn. (®|^^^Sj) Sowing difierent kinds of pulse at the fit season.

Akkah, a. (^lac) Real property.

Akkasari, Ukkusuree, Tel. (e3|r66) Neighbouring, contiguous. Akkasari grdmamu, Tel. (IJpSoXij) ^ neighbourino- village.

Akki, Karn. (ess) Rice deprived of its husk before boiling.

Akkusai, Ukkoosaee, Tel. (e3|j'5~°oa)) Commission on goods, brokerage.

Aklif, Uklif, H. (a. t—flii"!) A Mohammedan, who, from

AK

AL

adequate cause, has omitted circumcision, but is not thereby disqualified from giving evidence. Akor, Ukoh, H. ij^) A bribe. Used also in the North- West Provinces to signify the coaxing of a cow or she- buffalo which has lost its calf, and inducing it to eat. Akor, or Kor, as sometimes pronounced, also denotes the food which a labourer eats at intervals of work in the open field. — Elliot. Akori, H. One who takes a bribe. Akr, a. ijAc) Jn Mohammedan law, a marriage portion or dower ; also one to be settled on the female slave, termed Mukatiba, with whom the owner has cohabited; also, price paid for the violation of a maiden. Akra, H. (1^1) A grass or vetch which grows in fields under the spring crop, twining round the young corn and checking its growth (Vicia sativa). It is also termed Ankri ((_?Xj1 ), and is used as fodder. AkribAj a. (plur. of ^-~> y) Kinsmen; relations within

the degrees recognised by law. Aksat, Uksat, H. (a. plur. of !a«*s , kist), Instalments of

the annual revenue. Akshata, read in some dialects, Achchata, Mar. &c. (from S. Akshata, ^[^H, unbroken) Grains of rice, coloured with saffron or vermilion, placed on the forehead of an idol, or on those of the bride and bridegroom at their marriage; also presented to persons invited to a feast, who place them on their foreheads if they accept the invitation. The sectarial mark worn by Hindus on the forehead, or the pigment with which it is made. Akshaya, S. &c. ( ^^V, imperishable) The sixtieth year of the cycle of sixty years. Akshaya-pdtra, Tel. (S. ^T^, un wasting, and 'TR, a vessel) A charitable allowance to Brahmans from the gross crop. A beggar's dish or platter. Akshaya tritiyd, S. ( ^T^if, imperishable, and Tl'irhn, third) The third lunation of the light half of Vaisakha — April, May — when offerings are made to the manes, also to Krishna. It is the supposed anniversary of the creation. Akshaya lalitd, S. (^'^Tf, and ^f^rfT, agreeable (day) The 7th of Bhadra (August, September), when a festival is celebrated by women in honour of Siva and Durg^. Aktaa, corruptly, Atka, and more correctly, Iktaa, H. (A. cUai'I) An assignment of land for the maintenance of a body of troops, a jagir. AktAj also, Akti, corruptly, Akhty, Ockhtay, Mar. (^HT, 17

from the A, katd, ^m, cut off, separated; whence also Mar. Mahtd and Mahti, &c.) Land held at a fixed rate, which is lower than it is capable of paying : it is of two descriptions, Makti gatkul mirdsi, land belonging to the village community, let for a specified term for a fixed sum, less than the probable demand of the Government ; and JDiandr-mukti mirdsi, land similarly let, but in per- petuity, and held in absolute property by the occupant : (such are the explanations given by the collector of Poona, Rev. Selections, 4, 543, but Akti and Makti are clearly only the epithets of Mirdsi, hereditary property, implying, set apart, let on lease, either for a term or for ever.) A.KU, Tel. (6390) A leaf, the betel leaf; the young rice plant ready for transplanting. Aht-tota, Tel. i^^S^t)) A betel plantation or garden.

A A

Akubat, Ukoobut, H. (A. c:^;jAC, from UWAC, behind, subsequent). Punishment, torture.

Al, corruptly, AuL, H. (JI ) A plant (Morinda citrifolia), from the roots of which a red dye is prepared. The besf kind in the North- West Provinces comes from Bundel- khand. In the same Provinces Al sometimes denotes a Pana, or division of a village. Al kdri, H. (S. oirn^ , who makes) A class of Rajput cultivators in Nagpur, from their especial cultivation of the Al tree.

Al, or Aal, H. (A. Jlx) Boundary of a field.

Ai„Tam. (2},efT), Al or Ala, Mai. (CS«^<io, (JS^g_), Alu, Karn. i^Y^), A man, a person, an individual, an adult, or one equal to take care of himself, a servant, a labourer, a messenger, a slave (perhaps from the A. Jt , progeny, dependants). AlMli, Mai. (CiS«^6oi^an) Wages of a labourer. Alotti, Tam. (jg|jGerTrri_L(^) An overseer, one who super- intends and urges on labourers. Alpdttam, Mai. ( CS^6on_19§0) Hire or rent of a slave

lent out to another person. Alusunka, Karn. (e3$Oi\X)Os) A tax levied on cultivators in Mysore, who employ labourers or slaves, at so much per head.

Ala, H. (^1) Wet, moist, as land saturated with water, especially rain-water : the word occurs in the dialects as Al, Ahal, Alt, and Ail.

Al-abd, H. (a. J', the, iloc, slave) Form of countersig- nature by a subordinate clerk or officer, lit. the slave or servant.

AL

AL

Alag, Ulug, corruptly, AlagI, Uluga, or Alga, Ulgu,

H. (cL3i, from the S. a ^, neg., and lagna ^S"^, con- nected; disjoined, unconnected) Separate, several, detached:

the word, modified, occurs in most dialects. Alagd-dsdmilu, Tel. (A. (^el" ! ) Loose folks, wanderers,

vagrants, temporary occupants, persons not reckoned among

the inhabitants of a village. Alagd bhumi, Tel. (S. »TfiT) Waste land, land set apart for

pasture. Alagd puUari, Tel. (S^^^Q) Grazing tax or fine levied

on stray cattle. Alakh nImi, H. (fi-om S. alakshya, ^^5^, the indefinable

God ; and ndma, a name), A mendicant of the Saiva

sect Alakkira-kol, Tam., (aieTTSSl nr)©srTdi) A measuring

rod or pole. See Alavu. Alakkiravan, Tam. (aiSTTSeSlcrsUOTr) A measurer. Aktvan, Tam. (£l|6fT6Ll(3OT) A measurer, a guager. Alakkugai, Tam. (51jerT<S@(5D3S) Measurement. AlalhisIbu, Tel. Kam. (e9£)0^3^sr'£X), from the Ar.

I'il-hisdbu, (t— JWsrS, according to the account) Pay given

before hand, money paid in advance or on account. AL-AMANji,Tam. (aLOTT-54U3^(^, fromAl, a labourer, and

amanji, compulsory service) Compulsory service which the

villagers in the Dravira provinces were formerly compelled

to render to Government officers or persons travelling

on public duty. Alam, H. (Jlc) a banner; the banner of Hasan and Hosain

carried in procession at the Muharram. Alam, Ulum, Tam. (aiffTTLQ) A salt pan, a place where salt

is made. Alavan, Tam. (51|6rr6D(3Cl) A salt maker. Alattunilam, Tam. (ajSTT^^rtleOLD also, in some lists,

Alavor-nilam, or Alava-podal) Land impregnated with salt,

and therefore unfit for cultivation. Alam, Hindi (^T^H) Sticks set up for creeping plants to grow

upon. Alandadey ? A class of slaves in the Tamil countries. —

Chingleput. Alata, or Alati-gIka, Karn. (®V^> ®V^, a measure,

and A dOj from S. oRK, who makes) A person employed

in Mysore to measure corn or land, sometimes included

among the village officers. Alamat, H. (a. e:,~«Ju:) Lit. A sign. It is usually written

before the signature of a female. It is also used to signify 18

a discoverable trace or vestige of a robbery or murder on the spot where committed. Aldmat-i-dastkhat, H. (P. SassL-J) A mark in place of signature ; usually- the mark of one unable to write.

Alasandi, Kam. (esOcOoQ) A species of pulse (Dolichos catjang).

Alavi, Kam. (©iT"^) A lease or agreement given to the Ryot in writing ; one stipulating a progressive assessment : also termed Alavi Geni. ,

Alavi-sair, Kam. (A. Am) Sea-customs. Extra revenue let on lease or in farm.

Alavu, or Alavai, Tam. (=H5fT614, SlJSITaDDSLJ) Measure, measurement, especially of grain. Portion of produce set apart as payment for the measurement of the crop. Alavu-kdran, Tam. (a^ffTTQ^sanTTOOT) A measurer, the village officer who measures the threshed grain and regulates the proportionate distribution of water for irri- gation. Alavti-paimaish, Tam. (from Alavu and P. paimaish, measure- ment), Survey or measurement of fields, especially the name of a particular survey and valuation of the lands in Malabar, made for the purpose of assessing the revenue in 1807-8. Alavogulu, Tam. (?) An account specifying the measure- ment of each field in a farm or hamlet.

Alawa, H. &c. (p. Ji.ill, ^^Tsn) A fire-place; applied in Hindustan especially to a hole in front of the shed where the paraphernalia of the Muharram are deposited, and in which a fire is lighted every evening during the festival.

Alchaliku, (?) The mouldering away of the banks between the corn fields.

Aldhola, Karn. (es'^O) A field in one's own possession.

Ale, Karn. (®^), ALAi,Tam. (aj,3sO) A press for extracting the juice from the sugar-cane ; a sugar-mill ; the juice of the cane ; also a forge. Aleguni, Karn. (e3e}"X3Cv) A hole for receiving the juice

of the cane. Ale hoge, Karn. (?) A tax on sugar-mills in Mysore. Alemanesunka, Kam. ( £30^cS?KX)oS^) a duty levied on sugar works.

Alekal, more correctly, Anaikal, q. v. Tam. Stone embank- ment of a reservoir.

Ali, Alee, H. (^J| ) A land measure of four Bisis. Nine AlU go to one Jula. — Gerwhal.

Alidava, or Aldava, or Alidodeya, Kam. (e5>^^5, ®^^, ©V^^O^) A ruler, a master, a king.

AL

AL

Aliya, H. (IjJt) A branch of the Turkia subdivision of the travelling grain dealers, called Banjaras.

Aliya, Kam. (OV-^) A son-in-law. Aliya santana, Kam. (S. TBin«T, offspring) Succession or descent by the female line in Malabar.

Ali-gol, H. (JjGlc, from the A. AM, jJlc, lofty, excellent, and the S. gola, sftoS. a ball, a troop), Irregular foot in the Maratha service, without discipline or regular arms. According to some they are so named from charging in a dense mass, or Gol, and invoking Ali, the son-in-law of Mohammed, being chiefly Mohammedans.

AlkIb, Ulkab, H. (a plur. of L;,^, a title) Titles, honours, part of a form of address to persons of high rank ; as to the Governor-General, who is commonly styled Nawab Mali-alkab Baha'dur, the noble, the Nawab, of lofty titles.

Allu, Ulloo, Guz. (?). In Kattiwar a kind of ordeal in cases of disputed boundaries in which the claimant walks over the contested limits with a raw hide or a cloth on his shoulders, previously dedicated to one of the fearful forms of Durga, from whose vengeance he will receive some calamity if his claim is unjust.

Allu, Ulloo, Tam. (a|6fT(5rR) A handful of grain given to the village servant by whom a quantity has been measured ; or a small quantity of any article sold in the bazar taken as a cess or tax. Alledukiravan,Ta.va..iSi\6nQ6TT®3>^rr)6li(^) The mea- surer who is paid by a handful from each quantity measured.

Alma, Kam. (tsyp) A king, a ruler.

Almaga, Kam. (£3^'^ A) A servant.

Almaha, or Almari, H. (i_j;t»JI, Port. Ulmaria) A cabinet, a wardrobe, a cupboard, a chest of drawers. Almara-koneru, Tel. (?) A well with steps down one side.

Alo, H. (JI) a portion of unripe com. — Province of Benares.

Alta, H. (Ul I ) Balls of cotton impregnated with lac dye ; hence also the dye itself

Altamgha or Altamgha, Altumgha or Ultumgha, H. (from the Turkish dl Jl, red, and tamghd U/«J, a stamp or impression ; Bianchi, Diet. Turc-francais) A royal grant under the seal of some of the former native princes of Hindustan, and recognised by the British Government as conferring a title to rent-free land in perpetuity, heredi- tary and transferable. Although probably originally bear- ing a red or purple stamp, the colour of the imperial seal or signature became in Indian practice indifferent. — Elliot. Alu, H. &c. (S. y I , ^T^) An esculent root, a kind of arum, 19 ^ I

and applied to any similar root, as to the potato, also called Bilaiti-alu, and the yam, called Phul-a'lu.

Aluku, Tel. (eseU^O) Sowing seed in ground prepared for its reception.

Alugu, Tel. (esewXb) A channel, a sluice to carry off the overflowing water of a reservoir or tank.

Alute, corruptly, Ulootay, Allootie, Allooty, Alowtay, Mar. (^^^, plur. of ^^TTf, possibly a mere alliterative term derived from Balute, q. v. as Balute-alute) The collective designation of the persons whom it is customary in some of the provinces of the Dekhin, to retain as vil- lage servants, in addition to the Balute, or regular village servants, such as superannuated members of the Balute, or their widows, religious mendicants, and the helpless and lazy in general. Besides these, twelve classes of the Alutd, as well as of the Balute, are specified, viz. 1. The Jangam, or priest of the Lingayits, who is employed to blow the conch shell in the temples; 2. The Koli, or water-carrier, who supplies travellers and government functionaries travelling on public duty with drinking-water, also the cultivators with water to wash their threshing floors, and the village at large with water on public festivals ; 3. The Bh,&t, or village bard, who chants hymns in the temples, and is employed when children are betrothed to ascertain that there are no physical impedi- ments to the marriage ; 4. The Ramusi, or village watch- man, by caste and practice a thief. In different parts of the South- West of India his place is taken by the BhU or the Koli, both wild and lawless tribes, residing chiefly in the thickets of the Satpura hills, but taking service in the plains ; 5. The Mali, Bdghhdn, or gardener, who grows flowers to decorate the temples with, and prepares nosegays to present to Government officers or men of rank passing through the village ; 6. The Tardl or Teskar, who is considered the same as the Mher, except that the latter is usually ranked among the Balute receiving only a different scale of compensation. All the Mhers in the village take the office of Taral for a year in rotation, and, besides the fixed allowance of land or grain, each receives annually a pair of shoes and a blanket. The Taral is to be always resident and at the call of the Patil, and is especially assigned to attendance on strangers, whom he furnishes with local information, and for whom he procures the necessary supplies ; 7. The Gondhali, beater of a double kettle-drum ; 8. The JDauri Gosain, who beats a sort of

AI

AM

small drum ; 9. The Garsi, ( ? ) or piper ; 10. The Sempi, Darji, Suti, or Sui, the village tailor ; 11. The, Teli, or oil presser and vender ; 12. The Tdmbuli, or preparer of the Pan, or betel-leaf, &c. Few of these hold land, but are mostly paid by an allowance of grain. There are some varieties in their specification; as, for instance, in Duff's History of the Marathas the twelve Alutas are called, 1. The Sonar, goldsmith ; 2. The Jangam ; 3. The tailor ; 4. The water-carrier ; 5. The Tar&l ; 6. The Mali ; 7. The drummer ; 8. The piper ; 9. The Mdmusi or BMl ; 10. The Taili ; 11. The Tdmbuli, and 12. The Gondali. But the whole number of twelve are rarely found in any village establishment. On the other hand, there are occasional additions to the list, as, JBdjantris, musicians and comedians ; Kalavantins, dancing girls ; a Vaidya, or village physician ; a Ghota-khor, a diver, one who plunges into the water to recover lost articles ; and a Gdrpagdri, a village conjuror and fortune teller. Ai.VAB, Tam. (pi. ^V^QJn^) AlvAbu, Tel. ipl. «^&), Rulers, persons of authority, the collective title of twelve reputed saints of the Southern Vaishnavas, who are said to have each written a portion of the Drdvida Prahandha, or Tamil Veda, chiefly designed for Sudras and women. Ramanuja, the founder of the Sri Vaishnava sect, which is one of the three great sects of the Peninsula, is sometimes considered the same as Yembiru-manaru, the last of the Alvar. Aam, or Am, corruptly, AuM, H. (A. |»lc) The general people, the commonalty, as opposed to the Khds, the nobility, or the select.

Dirvan-i-Adm, H. The public hall of audience, that to which all persons may be admitted ; in distinction to the Diwan-i-khas, the hall of the select, the privy council. Amad, Amud, H. (from the P. dmdan ^^l^\ , to come), Income, revenue.

Amad-o-raft, H. (from the P. ^jiX* 1 , and ^^J , to go, literally, coming and going), Income and expenditure. Imports and exports. (InGuzerat) Town duties: also applied to Safe-conduct, permission to come and go without harm.

Amad-o-raft bkanddri, H. Surety for safe conduct ; guarantee for coming and going with impunity.

Amad- or Amda-mdla, H. A merchant who purchases im- ported goods wholesale for retail to petty dealers. Am-i-walad, or, more correctly, Um-al-walad, A. (from a) , a mother, and rvalad jJj , offspring) A female slave who 20

has borne a son to her master, and is therefore, by the law, to be emancipated at his death. Amal, Umul, H., used in most dialects, with the import sometimes slightly modified, (A. jJ^ac, "SW^) Business, affairs, an office, collection of revenue, administration of justice, management of any land or business on behalf of another, deputation, authority, government. In Maratha finance an item or head of collection, the share or por- tion of the revenue after the expenses and extra charges have been defrayed. In the Tamil countries commonly. Confiscation, seizure.

Amal-ddr, H. &c. ( iIjJl^c) A manager, an agent, a governor of a district, a collector of revenue. An officer appointed to collect the revenue of an estate which has been attached by Government. ' In the South it is applied especially to the native revenue collector acting under the authority of the European collector. Any person holding a post or office. The title is also given to the native head of the police In a district, usually also the head revenue officer, whose duties are defined by Bombay Regulations, xil. of 1827, and iv. of 1830, and Act xx. of 1835. Under the Maratha Government, Amaldars or Aumildars were of three kinds ; those holding the office of collector on a lease from the Government; those who were appointed by the Sarsubahdars ; and Bankers or Sahukars, who, having advanced money to the Government or Its revenue officers, were appointed to collect the revenue of a district until they had paid themselves.

Amal-ddri, H. &c. ( ,_^1 jJl*£ ) Management, administration, collection of revenue. The office of Amalddr. Possession, occupancy.

Amal-dastak, Umul-dustuk, H. {^^Jjmh^L^a) Deed of conveyance; any document giving possession of property. Warrant or authority to collect the rents of an estate ; a written order from the proper authority to enable the purchaser of an estate at a public sale to obtain possession of it.

Amalfarmdish, Mar. (P. jjijU^i, order) An item in the deductions from the net revenue, fees paid to revenue officers (?)

Amal-guzdr, H. (^|jSj.*£) A collector of revenue.

Amal-ndma, H. (P. .uLJiac) Authority to manage or administer property, an order for possession, a warrant from a competent public fiinctionary to an individual, authorising his taking possession and management of

AM

AM

landed or other property, an order from a Zemindar to his cultivators to give possession to a renter. Amal-patta, H. (<)OuL»j:) A deed appointing an agent or manager, a warrant authorising a person to collect the rents of an estate. Amal-sanad, H. ( aJuj (_),^t>c ) A deed or warrant empower- ing a person to collect rents or manage an estate. Amali, Amli, Umulee, or Umlee, H. (^L»>c) Payment of the revenue by a division of the crop or in kind ; applied also to a village where the revenue is paid in kind : any thing related to, or connected with, managements, collec- tions, and the like. The title of the revenue year in Bengal and Orissa, the same as Fasli, q. v. Amal-i-jins> H. (from H. (J^t amal, intoxication, and A. jins ijttJ^, sort, kind) Intoxicating liquors or drugs. Among the Marathas the revenue levied upon their sale, the same as Abkdri. Amal, Ajiul, Hindi (WR^S, perhaps an error for Aamil)

Being in chaise or possession of. Am AN, Umun, also, Aman, Uman, H. (A. ^^\, ^jjUO Safety, security, protection : protection granted to an infidel during the first year of his residence in a Mohammedan country. Amanat, Umanut, H. (ci^W, from aman ^^) occuring, slightly modified, in most dialects, or sometimes corrupted, as in Tel. to Anamat or Andmatu, (©'O SOsSo)^ as well as Amdnatu ^a>J~°o5&Ci, Deposit, charge, any thing held in trust, money deposited in court. Among the Marathas, profit derived from deposits and temporary sequestration of estates. Amdnat daftar, H. (F.JiSti, office) An office under the Mohammedan Government for deposits, or for a register of trusts. The superintendant was invested sometimes with judicial powers in civil suits. Reg. xxii. 1795, preamble. Amdnat ddr, H. (P. ib , who has) The holder of a deposit

or charge, a trustee, a guardian. Amdndt-ddri, H. (P. i^yii, having) Guardianship, agency,

trust. Amdnat-jari, H. (A. i^J^, proceeding) (In the South of India) Assignments of revenue resumed or held temporarily in charge of a Government officer. Amdnat-mahdl, H. (P. Jl=r* ) An estate. Amdnat-ndma, H. (P. <ut ) A deed of trust or deposit, a

document conveying any thing in trust Amdnat-nashta,K&ra.(.'^'^) A tax on ground first cultivated 21

for the Piper Betel, and afterwards for rice, in which the difference of the revenue from dry and wetlands is charged to the Ryots.

Amani, Umanee, corruptly, Umaunee, Aumany, Amauny, H. (tiLol) Held in trust or deposit; applied especially to the collection of the revenue direct from the cultivators by the officers of Government upon the removal or sus- pension of an intermediate claimant or Zemindar, the same as the hhds collection : it is also applied to Ryotwari settlements, or settlements with each cultivator individually, where no renter or proprietor has been acknowledged ; also to lands in the possession of the collector's officers for arrears of revenue, or which, on any other account, are not held by individual tenants. Amdni-bdzi-bdh, H. (.i~->i>^tJDti) Miscellaneous heads of receipt or revenufe held in trust or deposit, or collected direct by the officers of government. Amdni-tdldo, H. (jSlj tjUl ) Kam. Amdnikere, ( ©^VTQ'O- "SO) In Mysore, an unrented tank or reservoir of water, not belonging exclusively to any one village, but subservient to the watering of the lands of several, under the superintendence of the officers of the Government.

Aman, Amun, Hindi, Ben. (^l^nT, '^TtVI) Rice grown on low wet grounds, the rice that is sown in July and August, and reaped in December, winter rice. Amaniya, H. Ben. (^TJTfqtn) Land on which the winter crop of rice is sown.

AMANjijOrAMiNJi, Tam. (a|LDQ<E?l, 51JLq1q<^) Compul- sory service without payment ; the gratuitous employment of the villagers in the transport of baggage, &c., for public officers ; also the general levy of men inhabiting irrigable villages for the purpose of clearing out the channels or tanks, and for repairing breaches or constructing dams.

AmAnta gadu, Tel. (oS^T~°oe^7r°(So) A pedlar, a hawker.

Amaham, Tarn. (a|LQI7LQ, lit. command of a thousand foot.) A grant of revenue by the Prince or a Poligar, on condition of service generally, military or police ; such grants were resumable when the Amarakdr, or grantee, failed to perform the stipulated service.

Amari.'Umahee, H. (A. u^L*c) A canopied seat on an elephant.

AmAtya, Mar. (S. ^nnw, a minister), One of the eight principal officers of the Maratha state.

Amavaltjjindagi, Kam. (©'63oTSeU83od5^j the latter word is a corruption of the P. sindagi, life) In Mysore, a

AM

the property of a person dying without heirs and escheating therefore to the Government. Amavdlitdana, Kam. ( e3^SJc)e«d<5 ) Cattle without owners, claimable by the Government. Amavasi, Umavusee, H. (j_j»«jUl, from the S. ^MNul or ^•ii=ll**(l) Day of conjunction, day of new moon, when it rises invisible. The term is current throughout India, sometimes slightly modified, as, Amavasi, Amdsi, Ama- vase, Amamdsi, and, as corruptly spelled, Amaubasee, Amauvasy, Amawus, &c. Amb, or Am, H. ((.../ol or *! , from S. Antra or Amra "^P^, 'Srrat) A mango, the mango-tree ; occurring in most dialects, sometimes slightly modified, as, Amb, Ambd, or Ambi. Amhd^ or Ambi-ddhale, Mar. (^^, ^^ ^?^) A branch of a mango-tree ; an extra cess paid in commutation of presents of mangoes formerly required. Rev. Sel. iv. 652. Ambardi, or Amrdi, Mar. (^tT^, 'Hiyi^) A grove of mango-trees, or any garden. Revenue derived from gardens and groves. Rev. Sel. L 693, and iv. 167. Ambardi-guttige, Kam. ( AO S "A , assessment) Rent or

revenue from mango groves or orchards. Ambd or Ambi-taka, Mar. (^a^TToBT) Revenue from a tax on mango groves. Ambadi-kovilakam, Mai. (?) The chief palace, the residence of the eldest and principal wife of the Samuri or Zamorin. Ambalam, Tam. (ajLQLJeOLQ) A place where public affairs are discussed. (Mai. (©'OOQjajo) In Malabar, a temple of the first class. Ambala-kdran, or Ambalagdr, Tam. (a|LQLJ6C)Si3rrrT(5Sr) The patel, or head of a village, particularly of villages in- habited by Sudras. The person who presides in the meet- ing-house of a village. An officer who publishes the decrees of an assembly. R. Sel. ii. 530. AmbalcMn&nyam, Tam. (a|LQLJ60lIirT(5nflUJLQ) A por- tion of land held free of revenue by the headman of a village, as a perquisite of office. Ambala-pati, Mai. (from OJSl , a step) In Malabar the hereditary dignity of an elevated seat or step in a temple, giving to the person who enjoys it the right of directing the ceremonies : the dignity commonly devolves on the headman of a village, but it is saleable. Ambala-vdsi, Tam. Mai. (ci|llll_J606LirT<^) A caste in Travancore who are makers of garlands : they are attendants in temples, and rank between Brahmans and Nairs. 22

AM

Ambar, H. &c. (P.^Uil , S. '^t) A store, a heap, a granary,

a heap of any thing.

Ambdram, Tel. Kam. Tam. (psQ-STS'^, ajlLumjm,

from the P.ybJl) Aheap, a pile, a stack of corn; grain

on the threshing floor ; Government share of the crop.

Ambarahkadai, Tam. ( SJlliUmTasSis:)!-) A store, a

granary, a place where any thing is stored. Ambdrahhdna or -khanS, Kam. (aT^'O'S, P. iiia-) A

magazine of grain, a granary. Ambara-rdsl, Kam. ("SrSa^ S. TIT[ft, a heap) The Govem-

ment share of the crop collected in a heap. Ambdr-sdri, Mar. (WKlITrt) A tax on houses, except

those of Brahman village-officers. Rev. Sel. iv. 166. Attambdr, Karn. (esfejoETBc^) The whole heap, or the shares of the Government and cultivator before the crop is divided. AmbIri, also Amari, H. (A. ^_g\A^) A canopied seat on on elephant. A litter borne by a camel. (P. j\xi\ ) A granary. Ambdri patii, Mar. (4i=(lil lift) A tax on the cultivation of henip or making of rope from it. Ambashtha, vemacularly, Ambashth, S. &c. ('51*^?:) A man of a mixed tribe, the ofispring of a Brahman father and a Vaisya mother ; by occupation a physician. Ambattan, Tam. Mai. (ajliuL-L-OBT) A barber, the barber

of the village. AMBUvlcHf, S. (4IH'<1-<1) Four days in Asharh (June — July), the 10th to the 13th, inclusive of the dark half of the month, or moon's wane, when the earth is regarded as unclean, and agriculture is prohibited. Ambuvdchi pradd, S. (ir^, what gives) The first of the

four days. Ambuvdchi tydga, S. (t^TT, leaving) The last of the four days.

A A

Amd, Umd, a. ( Aa£ ) Wilfiil ; as, Jfatal-dmd, Wilful murder. Shabih-dmd, Apparently wilful, i. e. manslaughter.

Amdani, Amdunee, cormptly, Aumdany, or Amdauny, still more so, Amdenny, and Amdehny,H. (P. ^JJ^l, lit. a coming, from ^^S^ I , to come) Income, receipts : as a Go- vernment term, receipt of revenue or customs. Amddni, Mar. (^»4<I«l1, vernacular for the preceding) Pro- ducts of the earth, articles of merchandize generally arriving at market in their fit season, also that particular season. Profits, perquisites ; sway, rule.

Amethiya, H. (b^jwcl) A tribe of Chouhan Rajputs, origi-

AM

AM

nally from Amethi, in Oude, some of whom are settled in Gorakhpur.

Amez adhIram, H.,but current in the Dekhin, (from P.JJ-«I, mixing', and S. ddhdra ^TTVlt, support, receptacle) Laud having mixed resources, i. e. being irrigated both naturally and artificially ; also with bhumi, land, Amez-ddhar bhumi.

Amil, or Ai.MiL, corruptly, AuMiL, H., but used in most dialects, sometimes slightly modified, and frequently con- founded with Amal, (a. (J-oU, n. of agency, from dmal iJ.A£ , he performed a task, he transacted an affair) An officer of Government in the financial department, especially a collector of revenue on the part of the Government, or of the farmer of the revenue, also himself a farmer of, or contractor for, the revenue under the native system, and invested with supreme authority, both civil and military, in the districts which he farmed, as is still the case in several native states, especially Oude and Hyderabad. In the early settlement of Benares by the Government of Bengal the Amil was intrusted with the joint power of Hakim or magistrate, and Tehsildar or collector, and was responsible for the realization of a fixed amount of revenue, being precluded from levying any excess on the Govern- ment demand. Reg. ii. 1795. Amil-ddr, H-. (yii (Jw<ilc) A collector of, or contractor for, the revenue: (used as synonymous with Amil, but no doubt an inaccuracy for Amal-da/r, q. v.) Amii-ddri, corruptly, Aumil-darrei, H. (^ljiL«lc) The district or estate for the revenue of which the Amil was responsible : (probably an error for Amal-ddri.) Amil-daul, H. ( Jjii (J^lt) The estimated amount of revenue

to be realized by the native collector or contractor. Amil-ndma, Aumil-namah, H. (<uULolc) A written order jk or warrant to an Amil, a commission to take possession of land in the name of the Government ; preferably, AmaUndmu. Amili, Aumily, H. ( Jl«U) The harvest year, more cor- rectly, Amali ; also the same as Fadi.

Amla, Umla, corruptly, Omlah, H. (A. Aa£. , plur. of Aamil, (J^lc) The collective head native officers of a judicial or revenue court under the European judge or collector. Amla-i-ahshdm, H. The collective officers of the irregular militia under the native Government. In Bengal a jagir was assigned for their support. AmhriJnamdrd, H. Under the Mohammedan Governments the collective officers of the fleet of boats maintained for 23.

the defence of the sea-coast ; the assignments of revenue for their maintenance and that of the flotilla. Amin, Umeen, corruptly, Aumin, Aumeen, H., but occur- ring, slightly modified sometimes, in most of the dialects, (A. ^jjJ^I , from ^^ , to trust, Hindi, ^jftf) A confidential agent, a trustee, a commissioner ; applied in Upper India especially to a native officer of Government, employed either in the revenue department to take charge of an estate and collect the revenues on account of Government, or to in- vestigate and report their amount ; or in the judicial de- partment, as a judge and arbitrator in civil causes. In the Presidency of Bengal, in particular, two classes of native judicial functionaries are now so named, or the Sadar Amin ^jjL«|)J>-fl, empowered to try causes to the extent of 1000 rupees, and the Sadar Amin Adli (.J^ uir'^J'^^i or Principal Sadar Amin, to whom lies an appeal from the decisions 'of the Amin, and who decides suits to an unlimited amount Beng. Reg. iv. xlv. 1793; vli. 1822; xxiii. 1814; iv. 1827 ; v. 1831 ; Act ix. 1844.

Amin-dqftar,Il. (jjiti^^jM) An office in which the accounts of the Amins were audited ; the recorded or registered accounts.

Amin-patel, Guz. Superintendant over the village Patels of a district, appointed to adjust boundary disputes, and furnish local information for the assessment of the revenue to the collector. This officer has come, in some instances, to supersede the Desai, or former chief district officer: in some places the office is hereditary. Amir, corruptly Emir, H. {h..jM, from -«l, to command) A nobleman, a Mohammedan of high rank.

Amrd, or Umrd, corruptly, Omrah, H. (A. L«l , plur. of . J^^ I ) The nobles of a native Mohammedan court collectively.

Amir-ul-Umrd, H. A. Chief of the nobles, a title conferred by the sovereign at his pleasure, sometimes designating the Commander-in-Chief.

Jdgir-i- Amir-ul-Umrd, H. Assignment of lands or their revenue to the Commander-in-Chief for his personal remu- neration.

Amir-al-Mumanin, H. A. (y^xl«j>»JI^I) Prince of the faithful, a title of the Khalifs especially, but often assumed by Mohammedan princes. Amji, Dekh. (^==^1) Compulsory service. (See Amanji). Amr-ba-yad, a. {i^JUj^i) In Mohammedan law, a form of divorce. If a man say to his wife, " Your business is in your own hands " (.Amruki-ba^adiki), and the woman assents, an irreversible divorce takes place. — Sed.

AM

Amisham, Amesham, or A.MUSHAM (?) Tarn. (aLLdlj^Ui) The produce of a piece of land, the crop. An estimate especially of the value or yield of a standing crop. Adangal-dmisham,or Amisham ddppu, Tarn. (L_rTLJl_l , an account) Estimate of the produce of a piece of land for a whole year.

Amlak, a. (plur of (if.U.«) Landed possessions, real property.

Amma, (Tel.&c. ®^^, S. Ambd ^I»^t) In all the languages of Southern India except Tuluva, Mother, and afHxed, as a respectful term of address to females in general, to their names ; as, Sitamma, Vangamma. It forms, also, a designation of various popular goddesses unknown to the general system ; as, Marlyammd, and Agathammd, tutelary goddesses of Madras. The latter is usually called Ydgatka, and both are, no doubt, adopted from the Roman Catholics, being, in fact, the Virgin Mary, and Sta Agatha, although now especially worshipped by shopkeepers and Pareyar. In Tuluva the word means father.

Ammat, (i«)) One of the ten kinds of wounds compensated by fine, a wound of the head not penetrating the dura-mater.

Am HI, or Umree, H. (from A. jw*c, life) A grant or the like for life, interest for life.

Amrit, corruptly, Amkeeta, H. &c. (S. Amrita ^HTT , from a ^ neg. afld mrita,- dead) Ambrpsia, nectar, the beverage of immortality; applied in common use to various items. Amrit-mahdl, H. (A. Jls-«) A term used in Mysore to designate a public establishment for rearing cattle for military uses. Amfit-manodhri, erroneovisly, Am,rit-mandhara, and Amrit- JwawrfA?:, Uriya(e|^©JlGffl5^) Funds for the support of the temple of Jagannatha, allowan"5!fe to the Brahmans to provide sweetmeats for the idol Jaganndth, which, after presentation to him, are distributed among all who are present.

AmuMat, a. (ei^^^j^I, from J, a mother) In Mohammedan law, the condition of being a mother, maternity.

Amwal, H. (a. plur. otmdl JU) Property, goods, chattels, personal property. Ammdl-rabmi, A. Property that may be lent at a usurious interest.

Ana, H. (UT, S.^TtTT, B. 'STW, Mar. "mm or ^niTT) The six- teenth part of a rupee, commonly, but incorrectly, written Anna ; it is used either singly or in its multiples to denote proportional fractions of any article ; thus, one dna of any thing— of land or chattels-^is one-sixteenth ; four dnas, a 24

AN

quarter ; eight dnas a half, &c. In central Hindustan it is applied also to land measure. One dna of land is equal to sixteen riisis, and sixteen dnas to one kanchu. It also expresses the divisions of village lands, the minor portions of each share being subdivided into anas or sixteenths ; thus, one share and eight anas is equivalent to 1^, &c. In Western India it is also applied, to land measure, one dna being the sixteenth part of a gonta, or 7.5625 square yards; or it denotes one link of a measuring chain con- taining sixteen links. And-kara or kuru, corruptly, Annah-khureh, H. (from S. hara, "Sftt., tax) A fee of one ana on each rupee of revenue levied by the headmen in Asam to cover local charges. Andpatti, Mar. An extra cess at the rate of one Ana on each rupee of the assessment, or a like charge per plough or per head, &c.

Anad banjar or bunjuh, corruptly, Anod bunger, H. (,^j Jul) Land that has been waste from time imme- morial (from S. anddi •sttif^, without beginning, and H. banjar, waste land). Anddi hhumi, H., used in Mysore. Land transferred by

mortgage (from S. ^•Trf^, and >TfH, land.) Anddi-Udu, Tel. Tarn. (Oc<r-"£E5&), ajOOTrT^lJ®) A piece of ground that has never been cultivated ; also similar terms as, Anddi karambu, Anddi tarisu.

AnAj, H. (— .Ijl, ^■^'if) Grrain, commonly, but incorrectly, pronounced Naj.

AnXkIlabhrita, (S. ^•ildilonT?:) One of the fifteen kinds of slaves in Hindu law, a man who has become a slave voluntarily, for the sake of sustenance at a season of famine.

Anan, incorrectly, Ainan, A. (^jUc) Traffic in partnership, in Mohammedan law.

Anakan, Mai. (dS^aevDAflSb) A low or inferior person.

Ananda, Karn., &c. (S. ^rJSj:, felicity) The 48th year of the cycle of sixty years which will fall in the year 1854.

Ananta, S. &c. (^TJSir:) Without end, eternal. A cord with fourteen knots in it, which the Hindus tie round the arm at the festival of Ananta-chaturdasi. Ananta-chaturdad, S. The fourteenth of Bhadra (August, September), when a festival is held in honour of 'the eternal ' Vishnu.

Anantaravan, less correctly, Anandravan, Mai. ( (S'OrO- OB)(DnJnf6, from S. SHr|.|)<, without an interval) An heir, the heir apparent or next of kin, the heir of the acting head of the family.

AN

Anantaravan-natu-kdnam, Anandravannadu, &c. (from

00§, middle, and AOeroo, fee). Anantarasthdnam, Mai. (ctodOOOo, S. ^ntj place) Suc- cession, right of inheritance. Ananyasrita, (S. (^^not, ani/a ^TSI, another, and dsrita ^fiStiT. dependent) Independent, not supported by or dependent on another. In Hindu law, unencumbered property. Anasana, S. (^nr neg., ^^t*^, eating) Fasting. In law, fasting of a creditor or of a Brahman employed hy him to enforce payment of a debt, the debtor incurring the guilt of Brahmanicide if the person should die of inanition. AnAtha, S. (^ neg. and «Tr^J, a master) Having no pro- tector or owner. An orphan. Andthi-banjar, S. and H. Waste, or rather unclaimed land. Uncultivated land without an owner. See Anddi-banjar. Anavantu polam, Tel. Land of which the ownership is

disputed. AnIvhushti, Karn. Tel. (S. an W^i neg. and dvrishti ^Tfftt,

rain) Drought ; want of rain. Anaya, (S. ^TtJi:) The ceremony of tying on the girdle of Munja grass preparatory to investiture with the sacrificial string. The rite of investiture. Anayan, Mai. (CS^OOOCQjn*) A covvherd, a shepherd. Anbhanta, Ustbhunta, (?) Undivided, applied to lands.

Garhwal. Ancha, Anchu, Tel. (e3Ot0)^ Anche, Kam. (iSOcS)^ Anchal, Mai. (cS^6»5iJ«sb) Tam. (£l\^06O) Public conveyance, post, posting, a post-stage, a relay of palankin bearers or post-runners. Anchalpura, Mai. (CiS^6«5Utabo_iro) A post-office. Anche-kacheri, Kam. (esoaa-SaaS) The post-office. AnchS-manS, Kam. (esoSx^iOfOv;) \ station for post- runners. Anchana, Unchuna, or, Antsana, Untsuna, corruptly, Anchina, Anchinna, Anchumna, Anchumma, Tel. (esoucS^j from S. dnsana ^5nT> dividing, apportion- ing) An estimate or appraisement of the probable amount and value of the crops on a field ; salt in a pile ; hay in a stack, and the like. Grant derives it from two Persian adverbs, dn, there is, chandn, so much ! App. v. Rep. 642. Niluvuranchand, Tel. (^^J^"^) Estimate of the produce

of a field before the crop is cut. Kuppa-anchand, Tel. (SJoO^) Estimate of the produce of a field after the crop is gathered, but before it is measured. 25 '

AN

Anchand-ddr or-ddrudu, Tel. An officer employed to survey the standing crops and estimate their probable value ; an estimator, an appraiser. Anchand-jdhitd, Tel. (3^23e3 ) Estimate of each Ryot's share of the value of the crop. An account of the estimated crop kept by the village accountant.

Andai, Tam. (.2L 5CCT fiDDL.) Master of a family, owner of slaves.

Andadi, Mai. (Cl5»a6*^0sl) A shop, a marketplace, a bazaar. Andddivdnibham, Mai. (ci5^6v>S0slaJ05»-olao) Mer- chandise, goods, wares, articles for sale.

Andana, Mar. (^55«t) Presents made by the bride's father to the bridegroom after the celebration of the marriage.

AndAru (?). A Mobed, or officiating priest of the Parsis.

AndAz, H. (P. jljJl) Estimate, valuation, guess. Andds-patti, Mar. Estimate of the value of a growing crop.

Andha-darbaru, Karn. {© 0"^o8ST>5b , from S. andha '3t'?ll, blind, and P. darbdr Jjjti , a court) A public office notoriously ill conducted, a bad government.

Andhi, Andhee, H. ((_jajol, from S. ^ST^U, blind, dark) A hurricane, a tempest ; a darkening of the day.

Andhra, or, Andhra, S. (WSTt, «T^) The country now known as Telingana. Andhra more properly denotes a native of that country, also a caste of Brahmans in Mysore, or a Brahman of Telingana, who is known by the name of Andhra Brahman in most parts of India. The name was known to the ancients, and Pliny speaks of the Rex Andrarum as a powerful Indian prince.

Andi, Tam. (.aLSOTTL^) Karn. (630^) A religious men- dicant of the Saiva sect in the South.

Andi, Kam. (eSOQ) Bail, bond, security.

Anba, Mai. (CS^eirig,) Andu, Tam. (ajjCOTT®) A year.

Ane, Kam. (e3l3) ANAi,Tam. (.gLoOOtJr) An oath, an adjuration, a protestation, a citation on the part of Government; also Kam. Anebhashe, or Anebase (from S. bhdshd, speech).

Ane, Kam. (esco) An elephant (diflPering from the pre- ceding in the ' n,' which, in the first word, is the cerebral, in the second, the dental letter). Ane, corruptly, Ani, and Anay, Kam. (esw), Anai, Tam. (ajSsOT), Ana, Mai. (CS*Zi6v-o) A dam, a dyke, a bank, a bridge. Kallane, Kam. (ot^S) A dam or embank- ment of stone. Anekattu, Anekatte, corruptly, Anicut, Kara. (e5QD|i))

H

AN

AN

A dam, a dyke, an embankment, a channel to direct water into different streams for purposes of irrigation. jinaikdl, Tarn. iSl\8GSTS>S>n^) An embankment of stone. Allanai, Tarn. (5l|^60S3OT) A dam or bridge of stone. Anekagotra, S. (wqcR'fht) One who is a member of

more than one Gotra or family. Aneyab, Hindi (^THTtT) The time of agricultural labour

in the hot weather, from sunrise till noon. Ang, H. (i.f^JIi from S. ^f^, a particle of assent) Demand on each head of cattle for right of pasture by the pro- prietor of the ground. Mode of computing a tax on cattle in Hariana, two bullocks making one Ang. Anga, Ungu, S. (^^:) The body, or a part of it; a limb, a member. Whence, figuratively, a branch of literature, a supplemental portion of the Vedas, &c. Anganyasa, S. Touching different parts of the body as

a religious exercise. Angaprdyaschitta, S. Expiation of personal impurity, especially the expiatory offering made by the next of kin of a person recently deceased, at the first Sraddha after his death. Anga, or Anqakkha, H. (Uil, lj>^l) A long tunic, a coat worn both by Hindus and Mohammedans : the former tie it on the left, the latter on the right breast. Anga, Ungu, Tel. (£30A) a stride or pace of about three feet Angakdla, Tel. (©OA"S~°0) Measurement by paces. Angadi, Karn. ( esoXSS )j AngIdi, Tam. (ajrRJSrTljijL) A stall or shop in a market where provisions are sold. A betel stall. A tax on shops or stalls, a village in which there is a market. Angadikdr or gdr, &c. Karn. (esoAS^oSO) A shopkeeper. Aftgddikdran, Tam. (a^rBJirU^SamjOCl) A vender of

provisions. Angadi-pasike, or pasige, Karn. (»J<OD, oJiOTt) a fee

or cess upon booths or stalls. Angddi-pattiyOT pattadai, Tam.(LJl_Li^, LJ1_I_(5!33I— )A tax upon moveable shops or stalls. Angadia, or Angariya, Guz. (^l°3l*l*^l) A person em- ployed in the West of India to carry money and jewels, which he conceals in his garments. Angan, H. (^j^I, from S. ^r^isr:) a court -yard, an in- closed area within or without the house ; also pronounced Angna. Angaunga, Angounga, H. (l£ ^Xil) Perquisites of grain 26

from the threshing-floor distributed to the Brahman,

Purohit, Guru, grazier, and god of the village. Angauria, H. (b,^!) A ploughman. In some places, as

Benares, the practice of allowing the use of the plough

as part of the wages of labour. Angdena, (?) A tax formerly levied by the Portuguese atBom-

bay on fishermen and their boats, and on other occupations. Angirasa, S. &c. ('Snf^W) The sixth year of the cycle. A

Gotra or family of Brahmans : both are derived from the

name of the ancient Rishi or Sage Angiras. Angjhap, Thug, (from H. or S. Ang, body, and H. chhi-

pdna, to hide) Temporary burial of their victims until

a convenient opportunity of efiectually concealing them is

found (used in the Dekhin). Anglis, (corruption of * English 0 An invalided soldier, or

lands granted to him under Ben. Reg. xliii. 1793; i. 1804. AiiGULA, vernacularly, Angul, S. &c. (from ^tf^, a finger)

A linear measure ; eight barleycorns make an Angnla,

and twelve Angulas a span ; a finger's breadth. Anguli-torana, S. (from anguli, a finger, and toraTia, an

ornamental archway) Three semicircular lines drawn

across the forehead, made with sandal or ashes of burnt

cow-dung, denoting a worshipper of Siva ; more commonly

termed Tripundra. ANQVfAnA, H. (from S. ^^, a limb, a part) The proprietor

of a small share of a village in the Benares district, where

it also implies mutual help in tillage. AngwIta, Mar. ( ^JHlTl) The share of the actual cultivator . in the produce of a field divided between him and the

landlord and the owner of the bullocks for ploughing. Anhar, Thug. Any metallic utensil for eating, drinking,

or cooking. Ani, Karn. (©O) The comb or reed of a loom, or a

weaver's lam, or the threads of the woof wound in the

form of the figure 8. Ani, Tam. (^r^) The month of June. Anitya-batta, S. (^ftra, not for ever, and ^, given)

Temporarily given, as a son adopted for a term ; also

Anitya dattaka, and Anitya dattrima. Aniya-utta, or uttha, Mai. (?) Daily meals given to Brah- mans at the temples in Malabar. Aniyam, Tam. (^r^LUlL) A day. Aniytjkta, S. (^ neg. and ftl^, appointed) Not duly

appointed. In Hindu law, a Brahman who attends a

court without having been appointed a member of it.

AN

AN

Anjal, Unjul, or Anjali, Unjulee, H. (J^K ^J^K from S. ^^f^t , the two hands placed together and carried to the forehead as a reverential mode of salutation) A respectfiil mode of salutation. As much grain as can be held by the two hands put together. A handful of corn given from the threshing-floor ; the same as An- gaunga, q. v.

Anjal, Tel. (corruption of Anchal, q. v.) The post, the mail.

Anjaman, Unjumun, (P. ^^/t>srl) An assembly. Among the Parsis, a constituted council or assembly to which all questions regarding their peculiar customs are referred.

An J AN, Unjun, H. (jjsri) A grass which grows in the North-West Provinces abundantly, and is used as fodder. Commonly, the word (from the S. ^r5«t) denotes a col- lyrium, or any application, whether solid or fluid, to the eyes, to give them strength and brilliancy.

Anjana, Unjana, H. (UrS'l) An inferior sort of rice.

Anje, Kam. (esO^) Clean or dressed cotton ready for spinning.

Ank, or Ank, corruptly, Auk, H. &c. ((.LU!, from the S. anha ^^, a mark, a cypher) A mark, a number, an arithmetical figure, a share. Figures on coins, &c., shewing the date of a Raja's accession. In Kamata, Anha or Anke is also applied in compounds to the tables or statements of relative measures ; as, Khandugadanke, dry measure ; Varahada-anke, money accounts ; Manuvisa- anke, troy and avoirdupois measure, &c. In Cuttack, an era commencing with the accession of each Raja, and, counting by the year of his Raj, all deeds com- mence with the year of the Ank in which they were executed. Ankana, S. (^oRTf) Marking, making a number or cypher, especially branding or cauterising the limbs with the symbols or names of a divinity. Anh-band,i, or bundee, H. (P. i^Sh, binding) An adjust- ment of the rents to be paid by the individual collector through the person held liable for the realisation of the Government demand. Ank-dar, comnpdy, Aukdar, (P. I'lJ, who has) The holder of a share in village lands. The person who is responsible for a portion of the revenue. Ank-kar, H. (S. J^, who makes) An assayer, a stamper, a money changer. Ankam, Mai. (S. CS*08ejo) In Malabar, A duel, a single combat: these were formerly frequent among the Nairs, 27

and were a source of revenue to the Raja, each combatant paying for the privilege of fighting. The combat was sometimes fought by hired champions.

Ankhen-walI, H. (from ^1, from S. ^f^, the eye) A term used in Mysore to denote a class of police employed by Hyder Ali ; a spy, an inspector.

Ankhau, H. (jl(|ii I, from S. ^ftj, the eye) Valuation by the eye of growing crops.

Ankaro, Guz. (•'tl'^'l), a bill an account. Discount. See Ant.

Ankuba, Thug. A thousand; the word in S. (vta-c) sig- nifies a shoot, a sprout, a bud or blossom ; also, some- times, water.' Ankurdrpana, S. ('St^in) Ofiering of water, a preliminary offering of water at the beginning of a ceremony.

Anna, S. (^^) Food, boiled rice.

Anna-kuta ydtra, S. (The festival {yatrd) of the mountain (kutd) of boiled rice). A festival of the Hindus in the month of November, when they make a pile of rice as a type of the hill Govarddhana in Vraj, near Mathura, observed especially by cowherds. Anna-prdsana, vernacularly, Annprdsan, S. &c. ('Sr^Tfl^) Putting a little food into the mouth of an infant between five and eight months old, accompanied with a religious ceremony. Anna-vyavdhara, S. (tq^K, law) Law or custom relating to food, that is, to the practice of eating together or not, as followed by different castes.

Anola, commonly pronounced Aonld, H. (Syi, from the S. ^n=I^:) The myrobalan tree, which is worshipped by agri- culturists in the West of India on the 11th of Phalgun (Feb., March) : libations are poured at the root of the tree, a yellow or red thread is tied round the trunk, and prayers and songs are recited in honour of the plant.

Ans, or Ansa, pronounced Angsha, or Ungshu, also writ- ten Amsha, H. &c. (|^1, from the S. ^0 A part, a share, a portion. Ansdnsa, S. (^S^JT^) A subdivision, a share of a share. Anansa, S. (^•i'^l) Having no share; excluded from a share, as of inheritance, on account of some physical or legal defect. Ansapatra, S. ('^trg) A deed setting forth the shares or portions of a property. A deed of -partition between the members of a Hindu family. Ansahara, S. (^?t) A co-parcener, a co-heir ; one who takes a share of an estate or property.

AN

Ansmdnsa, H. (<wily«jl) A measure of land in Hindustan, twenty of which are equal to one Pilwansa.

AnsAhi, H. (a. lJj^O a tribe of Sheikhs in the North- west Provinces who pretend to be descended from the original Ansdr, or auxiliaries of Mohammed, who adopted his faith at Medina. They appear to have come into India from Herat at the time of Firoz Shah.

Ansu-tokb, Thug, (from the H, »mJ I dnsu, a tear) Any shower of rain that falls before the usual rainy season : it is regarded as of evil omen, and if it occur during the first day or night of an expedition the party must return and start again.

Ant, Guz. (^U) Credit, transfer. In Guzerat it implies a fictitious currency or book-credit, in which bills of exchange and dealings in articles of trade may be paid at the option of the holder, varying ac- cording to the exchange of the day and the value of the coin in which the amount is computed. The difie- rence on cashmg a bill in Ant is termed Ankara, discount.

Antah-pata, Mar. (S. ^nlT, between, and VZ, a cloth) A screen of silk or cloth held up between the bride and bridegroom, or between the student who is to receive the sacred cord and the spiritual teacher, until the proper moment arrives for the parties to see each other.

Antah-pura, S. (^PfT:, inner, and TJX, city) The inner or female apartments.

Antabbed, Untukbed, H. iSMju\, from S. ^PxR,, between, and '^^, an altar, or ground raised to serve for one) The old name of the lower portion of the Doab, from Etawa to Allahabad : it was sometimes applied to the Doab throughout.

Antabapak or -PABA, Untubpue or -puru, B. (S. ^T^inc, an interval, and tj^, after) Applied, in the Upper Pro- vinces of Bengal, to lands allowed to lie fallow for one year. — E. I. Records, iii. 173.

Antasstha, less correctly, Antasta, or Antasthi, Mar. (S. ^Tnlt'ezi:, what is or stays within, secret, hidden) Secret expenditure. Sums expended in presents or bribes to official persons. An item in the Darbar kharch, or Court-charges of the Peshwa. Antasstha-ki-yddi, Mar. (P. jb, memory) Account of secret service expenditure.

Antevasi, very corruptly, Antybashy, and AntwAsi, H. (S. '31^^^'T) a disciple, a pupil residing with his teacher.

28

AN

Antu, Untoo, Tel. Kam. (esoew) Total amount, aggre- gate (from the S. anta, end, final sum).

Antyeshti, S. (^'wfe) The final sacrifice or funeral obsequies.

ANuA,or Anwa, H. (lyO The place where the men stand who throw up water from a lower to a higher level. See Dauri-

Anubhavam, Mai. (c(5^6»T0SOJo, from S. WT, after, ac- cording to, and vr^, being) Enjoyment : a grant of hereditary land in Malabar, either rent-free or at a pepper- corn-rent, in reward of service ; also a present of betel, or a cocoa-nut, from the proprietor at the time of executing a deed of transfer of a garden or plantation to the person to whom the transfer is made, as symbolical of the character of the land made over ; also Anubhogam.

Anubhogam, Mai. (CG»^6inrB61S0OOo, S ^vfW) Enjoy- ment ; usufruct ; a grant of land, &c. ; the same as Anubhavam, as above.

Anugaman, Unoogumun, H. (j^^jjl, from the S.^R, after, and TRH, going) The burning of a widow after hearing of the death of an absent husband ; also Anu-maranam, subsequently-dying.

Anukshetba, corrupted vernacularly to Anuchhatr, or Anoochuttbee, or Annakshattba, or, in Uriya, to Anbachuttur, S. {Anu ^^, according to, kshetra '^, a sacred shrine or place of pilgrimage) A charitable allowance made to the native servants of certain temples in Orissa, by the Marathas, and continued by the British Government. Ben. Reg. xii. 1815, sec. 30.

Anulomaja, S. (from ^'5T, according to, loma, '^tH, the hair of the body, and ja »Tt, bom, bom with the hair or grain, i. e. in due order) The offspring of two persons of different classes, of whom the father is of the superior class in the regiilar succession, as of a Brahman father and Kshatriya mother. If the woman were of the Brah- man and the man of the Kshitriya class, the order is inverted, and the progeny is termed Pratilomaja, bom against the hair.

Anupatak, or Anoopatuk, H. (S. ^•4i4lri«ii) A heinous offence short of a capital crime.

Anumatipatba, S. (from anumati, ^nTHfn, assent, and patra tt^, a leaf) A deed expressive of assent or con- currence ; especially a deed executed by a husband about to die, authorising his widow to adopt a son.

Anupu'rvaja, S. (^PT, after, V^, before, ja, bom) Off- spring born of parents in the regular sequence of the castes. See Anulomaja.

AN

AN

Anwadheta, or -dheyika, S. i^R, after, ^^^, to be received) A class of woman's property (in law) ; what has been given to her by her husband or relations after marriage.

AnwIhAkta-srAddha, S. (4|K4l^|4^ii|l^') Funeral obsequies in honour of deceased ancestors performed monthly on the day of new moon.

Anwahita, S. (^vmr^^ii), also Anw^Idhi, S. (from ^, after, and ^ftl, a pledge) A pledge or deposit placed with a third party.

Anwan, Mar. (wH^) The first field of rice, that in which the plants have grown from seed. Anwanu, Mar. (^N'ff) Transplanted, as rice plants, from the first field.

AnwashtakA, S. (?r»cfir<*T) Funeral obsequies performed on the ninth day of the months JPaush, Magh, Phalgun, aiAAswin.

Anyagotka, S. (from anya ^THI, other, and gotra Tff^, family) Of a different lineage.

Anyakubi, Tam. (ajcSDTtSBflLLieBgjl^., from S. anya, other, and kudi, house ; corruptly, Anicooby, G1. 5th Rep.) A cultivator or other person who is an inhabitant of a different village from that in which he labours or trades.

ANYAPURVi., S. (^'ai and TT§, before) A woman who has been previously married.

Anyayam, S., but used in the dialects (m neg., 'srnj, judicial inquiry) Injustice. A complaint of injustice. ; a plaint in a civil suit.

AoDi, or AooDi, H. (t^Jjl) A tribe of Jats in the divisions of Soneput and Paniput

AoDiYA, H. (probably for Ayodhia, or native of Ayodh or Oude) A thief of a tribe of thieves inhabiting villages in the Cavrapore and Fattehpur districts. They make remote excursions at particular seasons, in different dis- guises, and sometimes plunder on a large scale.

AoQAHi, H. ( JfcOjl) Collection of rent or revenue from a village.

AokAn, H. ((jOj!) Straw and grain heaped up (Benares).

AoKHAL, AoKHUL, H. ( (J^Jjl) Land reclaimed from waste and brought under cultivation.

AolInia, H. (ijjijl) A tribe of Jats residing in the Paniput district. Although Hindus, they claim the appellation of Malik or King conferred upon them, they affirm, by some ancient prince, to denote their sovereignty over other Jdt tribes. AoLi, AoLEB, H. ((Jjl) Mode of estimating the produce of 29

a larger extent of land by the ascertained produce of a smaller quantity.

AoNT, H. (?) Accommodation bills (the term is used in Central India, and is probably the Ant of Guzerat, q. v.

AoRi, or AwARi, H. (i_f)jO Bank of a pond or rivulet to the water's edge ; a piece of dry land left uncultivated.

AoSAT, or AOSUT, H. (no doubt a corruption for Arsat, q. v.) An average.

Apa, or ApA, Mar. (^tft, ^TTJt) A term of respectful address to a senior ; also of affection to a son or junior. It is often affixed to a proper name ; as, Govind-pant-dpd. See also Appa.

ApapAtrita, also ApayAtrita, S. ('^MmpTld;, or ^HTTt- f^i) One who has lost caste, and with whom his kindred will not eat and drink : he is thereby incapacitated from inheritance (from Apa, particle implying severance, off, from, and pdtra, a dish, or ydtra, intercourse).

AparAdha, Aparadhi, Karn. Aparadhamu, Tel. It occurs in most dialects (S. 'JliKI^) Fault, offence. The punish- ment of offence, fine, penalty. This latter meaning is peculiar to the South of India. Aparddha kshame, Kam. (from S. ■^ht) Pardoning an offence, remitting a fine.

AparAlu, Tel. (e5<O"0^tO) All kinds of pulse or grain in pods, also Aparajinsulu.

Apaviddha putra, S. ('smf^^', rejected, and xra, a son) A son deserted by his parents and adopted by strangers. One of the kinds of affiliation formerly permitted by the Hindu law.

Apharia, H. (1J/^I) a subdivision of the Ahir or cowherd tribe.

Apil, Beng. ('^itf't^f) The English word Appeal. So also Apilant, C^^rtT'tsTle,) Appellant.

Appa, Uppu, Tel. Karn. (®'*^^) A father, a term com- monly added to proper names as a mark of respect ; as, Manga-appa, or Rangappa. The word in Mar. is ApA, or ApA, q. v. : it also occurs in Tel. as Appaya, and in Tamil, Appan. In Tuluva, AppA, means mother.

Appanam, Uppanum, Tel. (e3a3>j(<5Sx>) Tax, tribute. Rent revenue. Rack-rent. Any taxed lands, especially lands highly assessed, which are required to be held by cultivators who, as an equivalent, hold other lands on favourable terms, or rent-free. Usufruct Appasam, Tel. (In the northern Circars) A cut or channel for water.

AP

AR

Apratibandha, S. (^ neg., and ufinT^t, obstruction) Un- disputed inheritance.

A.PTA-PUNJAN, Mar. (^H^jTIT, from S. Apia, fit, and punja, a heap) Presents made at the Dasahara festival to the Patel or head of a village.

Apta-kanakku, Tam. (ajUSnraSSCCrsQ) A weekly account (from P. Saftah).

Apti, Mar. (^TJft, from S. apat, calamity) Distress fi-om failure of the harvest, from either excess or deficiency of rain.

Aputba, S. (^ neg., and V[%, a son) A man who has no son, who has never had, or who has lost an only son, and may therefore adopt one.

Ar, H. (^ I , the final being the hard d or r) Stop, hindrance, whence, fig., a mound or bank forming the boundary of a field ; a well ; also an abbreviation of Arara, the bank of a river. In composition it denotes also inferiority or deviation, being the same, essentially, as the Maratha particle Ad, or Ad (^3, ^T?), q. v. Ar-gir, H. A strip of sward encompassing a field.

Ar, H. (5I) a ladle used in the sugar factories (Oudh) : it more usually signifies a sharp spike, a goad.

Ara, H. (UM) a saw, a large saw, a shoemaker's knife. Ari, (tjrt!) a small saw.

Ara, Mai. (CS^O) A river. Arrukdl, Mai. ((©^OQdftiORsfc) A channel fi-om a river.

Ara, (?) A ford or ferry. Gl. 5th Rep.

Ara, (with a soft r) Total, aggregate.

Araba, H. (P. ii\j\) A cart.

Arad, H. (ii;l) Flour-meal.

Aradhya, S. (^KlUll, venerable) In the South of India the term is applied especially to a Brahman who professes the Jangama worship of Siva, biit is not acknowleged by other members of the sect, from his retaining the dis- tinction of caste. Among the Marathas, a tutelary divinity.

Aragu, Karn., Arakku, Tel. (®0»J, from the S. laksha, 55^ ) The resin of the nest of the Lac insect ; Shel-lac.

Arak, Uruk, H. (a. iJjc) Spirit, juice, essence.

Araku, or Aruki, Tam. (ajl7<5©j 2J(r5a<eS1) A fer- mented liquor from the juice of the palm : Tdri, or Arrack, which is probably derived from the Tamil, which again may be a dialectical modification of the Arabic Arak, as above.

Araka, Tel. (©OS) A plough, with oxen and implements of husbandry complete. 30

Arakala-jdbitd, Tel. Per. An account shewing the number

of ploughs belonging to each Ryot (northern Circars). Ardkattaraha, Tel. A plough with a pair of bullocks.

Arakal-pali&ha, Mai. (from ara, half, h&l, quarter, and palisha, interest) Interest at 1^ per cent., or one-eighth of the highest legal rate in Malabar, or 10 per cent, per annum.

Arale, Karn. (©of) Cotton.

ArIlu, Karn. (es'G^^C) Haifa day's labour.

Ardlukuli, Karn. (esOcJ^OrsD) Half a day's hire.

AramIishi paramaishi, Karn. (e36^>J^o:>J-°ll.^ ^S'- ^XracX>J~°oJ., dialective derivatives from the P. ardm and firmdn) Gratuitous assistance given by the Government to a respectable person in the cultivation of rent-free lands. — Mysore.

Aramane, Karn. (©O^Ow) A royal palace. Government. Aramane sambala, Karn. Dependant upon Government,

in Government pay. Aramaneyavaru, Karn. (eso^cOOaSOaj) The officers of Government, or the Government collectively.

Aramba, er Arambha, Arumbu, Arumbhu, Karn. (esOOO^ &iSo^^ S. ^rrcw:, beginning, undertaking) Agriculture, farming, cultivating land. Kdd-dramba, Karn. (ac)'S^c^o£5) Dry cultivation. Nir-dramha, Karn. (o)?OD^oaD) Wet cultivation. Aramha-gdr, Karn. (esfJoO AO^, from S. hdra giTC,

who makes) A farmer, a cultivator. Arambada-sdmdnu, Karn. (e3^0^6f0fc)iO3~Sr6i) Im- plements of husbandry. Aramvathd, Mar. (^t^TT) A rice field after clearing, ready for the next year's crop.

Ara, or Arai-nir, Tam. (ci^(3CDCrr|cr) Water for irriga- tion which may be drawn freely from the public reservoir during a certain period of the year.

Ara-palisha, Mai. Half interest, or 5 per cent in Malabar ; also interest that absorbs half the rent of mortgaged lands.

Arapalh, Tam. (?) A crop entirely blighted and withered before the time of reaping.

ArAr, Ubar, or AdId, Ubad, H. (j1»1 , or ^Rl?) Outhouses for cattle. Harvest floor for the blossoms of the Mahwa.

Arara, or Adada, Uraru, or Udadu, H. (jI«I, 'Sm?) The steep bank of a pond or river.

Arari, or Abadi, or Uraree, or Udadee, H. (u?jhl, or 'wsisT) The old established measure of a field to which the occupant appeals, in preference to actual measure- ment.

AR

Akanta, S. (tHICIW) a forest. Aranya-sahhd, S. A court for a community of hermits ;

a forest-court. Aranya-shashthi, S. A Hindu festival on the 6th (.shashthi) of Jyeshth (May, June), observed by women in the hope of obtaining handsome children : part of the ceremonial is walking in a wood.

Arasa, or Arasu, Urusu, Urusoo, corruptly Ursoo, Karn. (esc^Kx)), Arachan, Mai. (cS^fOiUnsf)). Arasu, or Arasan, Tam. (Sl\!JSt, 51|Cr<ff(3OT, from S. Rdjd, or, as pronounced sometimes in the Southern dialects, Rdtsu) A king, a ruler; so, Ahasi, or Arasati, Karn., A queen ; also, governing, ruling ; also, privileges allowed for watch- ing. Arasiikdran, Tam. (a)rj<9><S<EEirTr7<3OT) A person holding certain privileges for performing police duty.

Arasu, Tam. The Pipal, or sacred fig-tree.

Arasdni, or Arasdrd-stamhha, Tam. A branch of the

Pipal tree placed in the middle, under the canopy erected

for a marriage, as a type of Vishnu, round which all

the parties walk, worshipping and performing ceremonies.

Ahasinage-inam, Karn. (from Karn. Arasina, turmeric, and A. Indm, grant of land) Land granted in dower, or as pin-money ; literally, for turmeric, which enters largely into the materials of a Hindu lady's toilet in the South of India, being applied to stain her forehead, finger-nails, soles of her feet, &c.

Arati, or A.RTi, H. ( ^^j\ , '^VIC\, occurring in most dialects, from the S. ^TRXPf^i nocturnal ceremony) Waving lights circularly in front of an idol or object of worship, part of the usual evening ceremonial. In the South of India it is performed in honour of individuals at marriages and festivals.

Araituki, Tam. (a|(33DCrs^<i&<E£l, A Madras phrase) The pillory, lit. half-hanging.

Arava. Aravi, or Aravu, Tel. Karn. People and language of Dravira, or the country from the North of Madras to Cape Comorin, along the Coromandel Coast.

Aravar, Karn. (©OoJ c)0) In Canara, a mortgage in which the mortgagee retains possession of the property, in lieu of interest, until the debt is paid ; also called Ildravdr and lldddravdr, from the S. lid, the earth. Avadhi^aravdr, Karn. (from S. avadhi, limit) Usufruct, as before, with a stipulation that the mortgagee shall not be dispossessed before a given term. 31

AR

Ara-vAri, Tam. (from a|(3roi7 arai, half) Half revenue, applied to a village or lands assessed at half the usual rate. ArAzi, Urazee, H. (a. from the plur. of t^f-, or ^^jo\f., lands) Applied especially to detached portions of land which are either rent-free or have been recovered from the retrocession of rivers. Ahbab, H. (a. L-jbjl, plur. ofi—Ji) Masters, lords, possessors. Arhdb-ul-mdl, H. Officers of the treasury. Extra allow- ance to the officers of account. — Gl. Sth Rep. Arhdh-i-shara, H. A. (Pj^) Law officers. Ardal, Thug. A person who has separated from his party, and has, in consequence, escaped the fate of his companions. Ardawa, H. (iijiJiI) Ground meal, coarse flour ; ground pulse. The term more commonly denotes a mixture of the meal of chick-pea and barley, which is given to the horses of Europeans, or barley parched and ground, and similarly employed. Arddha, S. &c. (^^, a moiety) Half, or a part in general. Arddha-khil, Ben. (^^F^) Land only partially in cul- tivation (from S. arddlia, part, and hhil, B. fallow land). Ardhal, or Ardhola, Mar. (from S. ^T^, half) A half share,

either of the produce of land or profits of trade. Ardheli, or Ardkeliya, Mar. (S. ^^, a half) In the Konkan, a temporary cultivator, one who undertakes the cultivation of the land for a share, generally a half, of the produce. Ardda-mdniyam, Tam. (=l|crsSLQrT(3nflUJLQ) Land partly or half rent-free, being assessed at half the usual rate ; also a grant of the Government share of the rent to one who does not enjoy the share of the hereditary proprietor. Arddha-siri, Beng. (from 'tI^, ploughing) Cultivating the

land on condition of receiving half the crop. Arddhdya, Karn. (e3l?3e~aX)) An incomplete heap of

corn. Artole, or Arthole, Karn. (esS-^F-^) A weight of half a rupee. Are, Karn. The Karnataka name of a Maratha. Arfa, a. ( Itix. ) The eve of a festival on which preliminary religious rites are practised, especially on the days pre- ceding the two great Mohammedan festivals, the Shab-i- Bardt, and the Bakr-id. Argh, Argha, or Arghya, H. (i»,1, from the S. wt:) A respectful offering, chiefly of fruit and flowers, or water, or milk and honey, to an idol, a Brahman, any venerable person, or a bridegroom at the marriage ceremony. A

AR

AR

libation of water between the threshold and the spot where

the first bundle of com is deposited after it is brought

home from the threshing-floor ; or, the ceremony of placing

on the threshold, at seed time, cowdung, dried and formed

into a cup, filling it with seed, and pouring water upon

it : both these ceremonies are intended to secure prosperity.

Argha, or Arghya, also signifies the boat-shaped earthen

or metallic vessel in which the ofiering or libation is

presented. Arhab, Hindi, &c. (^^t, S. 'i{l(J«h1) A kind of pulse very

generally -cultivated throughout India (Cytisus cajan). Arhat, Urhut, or Arhut, H. (^^'a',^I^rr,'fll<i'ri') Agency,

brokerage, commission. Arhatiya, H. An agent, a broker, a correspondent. See

Arthiya. Arhat, Urhut, H. (ci-^0 A revolving wheel for raising

water when the water is near the surface, or from a river ;

also Rahat, and Rahdt. Arhwal, H. (J»avl) A day labourer. — Benares. Ari, Tam. {=l|Crl, S. ?fc and i^fCiT, green) A bunch or

bundle, a bundle of com, a comstack, a heap of grain

before the straw is separated from it, a handful ; also

raw rice. Ariddla, ac Aridardn, Tam. (5i|cflsrT60, ajcfl^DTTsfr)

Stubble. Aridaluhu, or Ariyedupu, Tam. (ajrflsS^S©, ajljl-

GlLJ(S)1_II_j) a handful of corn, or as much as can be held

by both hands put together, as the perquisite or fee of

certain village servants. Ariddla-billi, Tam. An estimate of the produce of a field

from the appearance of the stubble. Arikattu, Tam. (ajcflsSl—®) A sheaf of corn. Arina-patti, or patte, Karn. (fcSStOoJej, fi'om dru esoj,

a plough) An account of the number of ploughs belonging

to each cultivator in a village. Arindi, H. (p. iiJO;!, lit. a bringer) An agent, a broker. Arini kattu, Tel. (esOcOSfiJJ) Dams in a salt pan. —

Vizagapatam. Ahish, a. ((ji/:) Damages, fine for injury done to person

or property, particularly for bloodshed not causing loss

of life. — Mohammedan Law. Arisi, Tam. (a|cfl<^) Any kind of grain, but especially

rice freed from chaff. Ariyat, H. (a. C>Jjlc) Loan of any thing which is itself

to be returned. Land or orchards of which the owner 32

allows others to have the use, under certain stipulations. — ^Mohammedan Law. Ariyat, H. (^IT^W) Land recently recovered from jungle. Arjanna, H. a tribe of Kunbis, or cultivators, in Western

India. Arja, H. (S. ^n#t, fem of Wn§, respectable, venerable) A

female mendicant, so termed in central Hindustan. Arju, or Ardzu,^ Urdzoo, or Urjoo, Tel. (®^, cor- mption of P-J^') Price, value. Arjvrbdjdri dhdrd, Tel. Price-current, or market price. Arju, Urjoo, Tel. (®^, corraption of A. (_^, breadth) The measurement of a heap of grain from the bottom to the top, as opposed to Tula, a measurement of the cir- cumference. Arola, Hindi (^TCl'^j) A sweet grass growing in short tufls, the seeds of which, when ripe, are often used as food by the poorer classes. Arolat, (?) In the Dekhin, land held at a quit-rent by theMehr, who acts as the village watchman and messenger, in compensation of his services. Aropanam, Mai. (S. (!S<S)6)(00iL^S<-Oo) An accusation, a

false charge. Arru, Urroo, Tel. ( ®§^ ) Sore on a buUook's neck, made

by the yoke of the plough. ArsIl, Ursal, or more correctly, Ihsal, H. (A. JU^I) Send- ing, mission, despatch, especially of treasure or of revenue- collections to the treasury. Arz-i-Irsdl, H. Invoice. Particulars of the despatch of treasure. Arsath, Ursuth, H. iiStuj]') A monthly account of receipts

and disbursements. ArsattA, or Adsatta, Uhsutta, or Udsutta, also, cor- ruptly, Arsotta, and Atosatta, possibly also a modifi- cation of the preceding, or Arsuth, H. Mar., but it occurs in other dialects also (U»y'l, ^dtlgl) Estimate, guess, a rough calculation ; a' monthly treasury account of receipts and disbursements made up from the daily entries. Arsattd navis, H. Per. The clerk or accountant who keeps the monthly account. Arsha, S. (^T^: , from ^ft, an inspired sage) One of the modes of marriage according to Hindu law : the gift of a girl, by her father, on receiving one or two pairs of oxen from the bridegroom. Scriptural, any thing for which a Rlshi is an authority. Artha, S. ('?r^t) Object, purpose, meaning, wealth.

AR

AR

Akthi', H. (S. ^r6§H , one who has an object, &c.) A suppliant, a plaintiff, a prosecutor, a petitioner. Arthyavedana, S. The complaint of a plaintiff taken ver- bally by the officers of a Court before the filing of the written plaint recorded by them in writing. Vidydrthi, or Bidydrthi, S. Ben. (fi-om vidyd, knowledge, and arthi, who seeks for) A student, a pupil, a school- boy or collegian. Arthi, ArthiyI, Urthee, Urthiya, H. (^j^s ^^J^^ A broker, a commissioner, an agent, a salesman, a com- mercial correspondent, one who conducts business on com- mission for a principal at a distance ; a banker who grants and accepts bills on other bankers or correspondents. See also Adat, Arhat, Adatya, and Arhatiya, as spelled with the hard d "S, or hard r v, and with a soft or hard t, jT or Z, also with or without the aspirate. Artj, or Arukahu, Karn. (SOJ, eSOJOSOJ) A plough

with oxen and implements of husbandry complete. Aru bhatta, Karn. A tax on grain at so much per plough, • afterwards commuted to a fixed money rate. Amgidgdval, Karn. A tax on the Ryots for leave to cut

timber from the jungle, for the fabric of their ploughs. Anirkdnike, Karn. A tax on jjloughs. A^HUjTam. (aj,^) Aha, Mai. (CS^O) A river, a rivulet, a

watercourse. See Attukal. Arudi-karai, Tarn. (2L| mji^SSeiDrT, from aruthi, or arudi, fixed or final, and karat, boundary) One of the three kinds of tenures under which land is held in the Tamil pro- vinces ; that in which the distribution is final or absolute, that is to say, the occupant holds a defined portion of the village lands, of which he has the entire disposal, and may let or sell them : his other rights and privileges, which he holds in common with the other proprietors, are transferable along with his share of the land. This is corrupted to Ard-harry, and Audi-carei, in the Fifth Report, and as the Adhikdri, of the more recent returns. It is also called Pdla-bhogam, q. v. Selections fi-om the Records, i. 904, 905. Arudi-hraya, corruptly, Urdi, or Urdee-krayum, Tam. (aj^^lseSlrjLUlL, S. ■aT, sale) A final or permanent sale ; sale of a share held under the Arudi-karai tenure. Arudi pangu, Tam. (aj^^UUrPi-g)) Final settlement or allotment. What is given in fiiU of all demands Arugu, Tam. (a|^@) A raised platform or terrace covered over and forming a veranda or porch on the 33

outside of a native house ; also termed a Pial, a screen to shade persons of respectability from the sun.

Arulu, or Arlu, Karn. (es&eu, esoof-) Mud, clay, or miry soil.

Arumbu, Tam. (5l|^LQl_|) Scarcity, dearth.

Aruppu, Tam. (a|^LJI_|) Cutting, harvest, cutting the crop, the act of reaping. Aruppu-chittu, Tam. (Sl|mjLlll_|c^<^Ll®) An order or

permission to cut the standing crop. Aruppu-kdlam, Tam. (a|^UL.](5<SrT60lL) Season of

harvest. Arivppu-kuli, Tam. (£I|^LJl_|S@ei51) Wages of reaping.

Aruwa, Uriya. (S|Qe||) Rice cleaned from unboiled paddy.

Ahuvari, Tam. (aj^sucfl) k tax paid at fixed times.

Aruz, Urooz, a. ((_^.^) In Mohammedan law, Personal property, exclusive of money, goods and chattels.

Arvela, Karn.{^»JF~^) A caste of Smartha Brahmans in Mysore.

Arwadita-ghareniya, Guz. In Guzerat, Lands mortgaged by the villeige authorities for a definite period.

Arwan, Ahwun, H. (,j;^^1) The first cuttings of the harvest, not taken to the threshing-floor, but brought home to be eaten by the family and presented to the household gods and to Brahmans. The corn is taken out of the ear and eaten with milk and sugar : the term is chiefly current in RohUkhand and the Upper Doab. The more usual and intelligible term is Nawdn, from the S. nava, new, and anrm, rice or food;

Ahwah, Karn. (?) A kind of mortgage, in Mysore, in which the land is made over to the lender until the produce has discharged the debt.

Arz, Ubz, H. {p. jj\) Price, value. Arz-i-bazar, Current or market rate.

Arz, Urz, H. (A. (_/»;t) Land, earth, landed property.

Arz, Urz, vernacularly Arj, Urj, Arji, Urjee, H. &c. (A. (_^(0^ , ^t'Sr, ^^) Petition, representation. In Moham- medan law, personal property except money. See Aruz. Arzi, Urzee, H. &c. (.i^^j^' ^»ff) ®^) A. petition, an address, a memorial, a respectfiil statement or representa- tion, whether oral or written. Arz-begi, H. (T. cL^J^ , a lord) An officer who, under the Mogul Government, was appointed to receive and present petitions, &c. Arzi-d&rod, H. (A. t^yit>) A petition of complaint, the plaint, the first pleading in a suit.

K

AR

Arz-ddsht, H. (P. Li^b, what contains) A written peti- tion or memorial.

A

Arz-i-marammat, H. (from A. marammat, C^^v*^, repair- ing) A petition to amend or amplify a preceding petition or complaint. Arz-i-mujibat, H. (from A. mujibdt C1JU»-m , reasons) A representation of reasons or pleas, a petition of appeal setting forth the grounds of it. Arz-i-mukarrar, H. (from mukarrar jjibc, established) A petition or memorial representing the circumstances of a case, a representation to the royal authority of the pro- ceedings taken in respect of a grant of revenue or a Zemindari. — Har. Anal. iii. 407. Araychi, Tam. (aLl!rrTUJ<S'<#l, perhaps from A Arz) An officer under the magistrates, head of the police, a sheriff.

Arzal, H. (a. Jhjl, for JtJ;^, plur. of Jt);, vile) Low castes located on the estates of Zemindars, in some parts of Hindustan, as tenants at will, partly paying rent and partly rendering personal services, considered, in some measure, as adscripti glebae, and not entitled to remove oflf" the lands except by the landlord's pleasure ; dependent also upon him for support in unfavourable seasons.

Arzamini, or Adzamini, H. (from ar, ad, H. M. lil, jl, W5, or ^T5, q. v., implying protection or screening, and zdmini, A. (JUUa, security) Counter security. Surety for a surety, mutual surety or responsibility.

Arziz, Urzeez, A. (jJ ! )!, Ut. tin) Base or light money.

Asa, H. (a Lac) A staff, a stick, a long stick or mace,

usually coated with a thin plate of silver, carried by a

personal attendant as a mark of rank. /I Asd-barddr, H. A staff or mace bearer.

Asab, a. (L^^uc) Incidental or indirect heir. Residuary

heir (in Mohammedan law). Asuhat, Asoobut, A. Inheritance in the male line from

incidental contingencies. AsADHARANA, S. (from ^, neg., and ?TTVRI!r, common,

special, individual) In Hindu law applied to property

held by one person without the participation of another,

as opposed to co-heirship or co-parcenary. ASAGA, Kam. (es'^A) The washerman of the village, one

of the village servants. AsAGOTRA, S. (from ^ , neg., and ^pft^, of kin) In Hindu

law, A kinsman by the female line only, one not of the

same lineage or descent. AsAL, UsuL, corruptly, Asil, Asool, Assil, Azil, Ausil, 34

AS

AwsiL, H., but occurring in all the dialects, sometimes slightly modified, as Tel. AsuLU, and the like (A. (J^I) Root, origin, foundation. Principal, capital, original property or estate, also the origiual of a document. As a revenue term it is applied especially to the original or established rate of assessment without any extra cess. In Mohammedan law, a principle or ground of decision.

Asal-beriz, H. In the Northern Circars and the Camatic, the standard or original assessment of the land revenue, without any extra cess. Also Asal-jama.

Aml-chittu, Tam. (a^a'^c^Ll®) The original or first copy of a bond. ^

Asal dastdwez, H. An original document or record, in con- tradistinction to a copy.

Asal-jama, H. (A. »>».»■ , total) The original rent or revenue charged upon the lands of an estate, or village, or district, without any Abmdb or extra cesses ; also the amount taken as the basis of a revenue settlement

AsaPmuhaddama, H. The original suit, in distinction to one appealed.

Asal-tan, H. (from Pers. tan ^ , a person) A party plead- , ing his own cause, the principal party in a suit.

Asdlatan, H. (A. (j:^lLel) In person, personally (appearing or pleading), in antithesis to Wahdlatan, pleading by a Vakil. These are both adverbs from the substantives Asdlat and Wahdlat, with the Arabic syllable an added.

Asal-tuniar-jamu, H. The original rent-roll of the assessment of the land revenue in the Mogul provinces according to the register of Raja Todar Mal, in the reign of Akbar. Also the same as subsequently modified. AsLi, UsLEE, or ASALI, UsuLEE, H. (formed from asal, de- nominative) Primary, original, applied to a registered village under the Mohammedan system, in opposition to the Dakhili one subsequently occupied. In the directions to Settlement officers in the N. W. provinces, 1844, par. 45, the application of these terms was modified, and thence- forward those MauzAs only which were numbered in the Settlement lists were to be called Asali, while Ddkhili was to be confined to such smaller mauzds as might be afterwards formed.

Asli-gaon, H. A principal or original village, one from which others have branched out, that on which the revenue was originally assessed.

Asli-mauzd, H. An original village. See the preceding.

Asli^zamin, H. Original land, that forming part of the

AS

AS

originally assessed estate, exclusive of subsequent additions, as from alluvial deposits, &c. A0,l, Useel, H. A female servant among Mohammedans who is a firee woman, and therefore superior to the iMundi, or purchased slave. It is sometimes, but incorrectly, applied to any female slave. AsImi, corruptly, Assamee, Assamie, Assaumy, H. &c. (A. |-«U«i, 'Sifliti^, plur. of ism, a name, sometimes derived from isa/m aUI , a criminal) A cultivator, a tenant, a renter, a non-proprietary cultivator ; also a dependant ; also a debtor, a culprit, a criminal, a defendant in a suit Mr. Elliot (Supplement to the Glossary) con- jectures, with every appearance of probability, that Asami has come to signify an individual,' from the heading of the register in which the appellations of the villagers, &c. were recorded, as, Asdm, names,' each item then becoming an Asdm-i, or one of the names, or an individual person. The term is adopted in most of the dialects.

Asdmi-ch'happer band, H. A resident cultivator, one who occupies his own ch'happer hand, or thatched cottage ; one who holds at a fixed rent.

Asdmi-jdi-bdki hdgaj, Ben. A record kept by a Zamindar in which the names of the tenants, and the balances due by them, are registered.

Asdmi maurusi, H. An hereditary ctdtivator, one who, although not a proprietor, cannot be dispossessed as long as he pays a stipulated rent.

Asdmi-paikdsht, H. A man who cultivates land in a village without any hereditary right, a tenant at will.

Asdmi'Shikami, H. One who cultivates the land of another person and pays him a fixed rent : a sub-tenant ; one who labours for his support ishikam, lit. belly).

Asdmi-wdr, H. Individually, personally, according to name ; applied to a revenue settlement with each individual cultivator, the same as Ryot-war.

Asdmimdr-gutta, Tel. (from gutta (^H. rent) The rent or revenue to be levied from each cultivator. A Ryot- war settlement.

Asdmitvdr-hisdb, H., -hissShu, Tel. (from P. hisdb, an ac- count). An account, kept in the Madras provinces, shewing the particulars of each Ryot's produce, assessment, pay- ments and balance as it stands at the end of the year.

Asdmimdri, Tel. Individually, according to name. A settlement or assessment made on each.

Asdmiwdr or -wdri makta, H. Mar. Tel. (from the A. 35

mukata ^3A«, divided) The rent or revenue payable by each individual cultivator. An account shewing the distri- bution. Asdmiwdr or -wdri mufrid, (from A. mufrid liAc, single) In the northern Circars, an account shewing the amount of each cultivator's produce, both by estimate an(J measurement

Asapinda, S. (from ^, neg. and ^ftll^) One not connected by oflferings of the funeral cake to the same ancestors ; a distant kinsman.

AsAPUTRA, S. (from "31, neg., ?f, with, and Vi^, a son) In Hindu law, A son adopted from a different family, not descended from a common ancestor.

AsABH, AsADH, more correctly, Ashadh, H. (xyLd, from S. ^T^T^:), also vernacularly, Akhab, Mar. &c. (^TOTS) The fourth month of the Hindu solar year (June — July), considered the first of the rainy season, and beginning of the rice cultivation. Asdrhi, Asdrhee, H. (^aj^UuI) The harvest of Asarh, but differently applied to the harvest that springs from plough- ing or from sowing in that month. In the former case it denotes. the spring harvest, and is so used in the North- west In the Benares district and Eastern Oude it is applied to the latter, and then imports the autumnal harvest.

AsARA, H. (?) In the northern Circars, Lands of which the revenues are paid in kind, also lands which are not dependent on the rains, but may be irrigated from a tank or river.

AsARA, or ASRA, H. (1,">I, from S. ^rra^:) A place of pro- tection, a shelter, a home, a sanctuary.

AsABA-siSTU, Tel. Kxed, unfluctuating amount

AsARl, Mai. (CS^C/30(61) A carpenter.

AsAS, H. (A. Lij'ol) Property, wealth, effects. Asds ul bait, H. Household furniture.

ASAUCH, AsAucHA, H. Ben. (^^'> from the S. ^^ffg:) Social or legal uncleanness, as from the death of a relation or the like.

AsBAB, H. (A. plur. of I .^) Goods, effects, materials,

implements, &c.

AsEDHA, S. (^T^VO Legal arrest, restraint; which may be of four kinds, Kdldsedha, confinement for a time, by the end of which the affair must be settled ; Karmdsedha, restraint from any particular act, restriction from religious rites ; Pravdsdsedha, prohibition of removal, a writ of ' ne exeat ;' Sthdndsedha, confinement in any given place.

AsHHAD, H. (A. plur. of shahid) Witnesses, eyewitnesses. In Mohammedan law.

AS

AsHAR, UsHUR, A. (from iji^ , ten) A tenth, tithe. In Mo- hammedan law, the tithe assessed on lands occupied by Mohammedans, or which have been divided amongst a

victorious army from the possessions of infidels. /I Ashari, H. Subject to tithe.

Ashir, A. An oflBcer appointed to collect the tithes.

A ^ A

Ashara, also Adshura, or Ushoora, H. (A. *,/Lc , s^uiU) The first ten days of the month Moharram, which, by the Shias, are dedicated to the commemoration of the death of Ali and his sons. Ashur-kh&na, H. A building in which the bier, the ban- ners, and isignia used at the ceremonies of the Moharram are set up.

AshhAbat, a. (plur. of ^jK^, drink) Drinks, but in law applied especially to wines or spirituous liquors produced from the fermentation of grapes, raisins, or dates, the drinking of which is prohibited.

As-hAk, a. (iL^l, plur. of jA-^) Relations by marriage within the degree in ^V^hich marriage is prohibited.

Ashraf, corruptly, Ashbof, H. (A. u- Jl«.! , plur. of i— iu^ , noble) Noblemen, persons of rank. In Behar and other provinces of Hindustan, the designation is assumed by the more respectable classes of both Mohammedans and Hindus, most of whom rent and cultivate lands, although they consider themselves soldiers and gentlemen and as de- graded by personal labour, to which, nevertheless, they are frequently reduced, performing all kinds of agricul- tural work except driving the plough. In some places they hold their lands under more favourable terms than other cultivators : " the Government Revenue (in Aligerh), when settled by a division of the crop, was one-third from Zemindars, one-fourth from Ashrofs, and one-half from ordinary cultivators." App. Revenue Report.

AsHRAFi, UsHRUFBE, corruptly, USHURFEE, H. (from the A. '~-Soj!i , noble) A gold coin ; a mohur, rated at six- teen rupees silver.

ASHTA, S. (^?7^) Eight. Ashta bhdga mdni/am, S. An estate, in the south of India, held on favourable terms, paying only an eighth of a share of the produce as revenue. Ashta-bhogam, S. Enjoyment of the whole, or the eight products of an estate ; or the land cultivated, Siddhi ; the produce of such land, Sddhya; uncultivable or rocky land and its products, as minerals, &c., Pdshdna ; property de- posited on the land, Nikshepa : treasure-trove, Nidhi ; 36

AS

waters and their produce, Jaldmritam ; actual privileges, Akshini ; prospective rights and privileges, Agdmi. Ashtakd, S. Eighth ; the 8th day of the moon in certain

months, when progenitors are to be worshipped. Ashtami, S. The eighth day of the lunar fortnight. Ashtw-pradhdna, S. The eight chief ministers of the Maratha principality. — See Duff. i. 236, 265.

AsiCHA, UsEECHA, H. (1:^_«<1, from S. ^, neg., and f^, to sprinkle) Unwatered, unirrigated, as land.

AsiN, corruptly, AssiN, more correctly, AsvTIN, H. i^^], from S. ■»!JTr«a«l1' asmini, the constellation in which the moon is full) The seventh month of the Hindu luni-solar year (September — October).

AsiR, or, in the crude form, Asis, S. (^I^^) A blessing. Asir-bdd, H., but used in most dialects (from dsir and had, or vdda, speech) The benedictive address of a Brahman or religious teacher.

AsiYA, H. (P. U/jjl) A miU, a water-mill.

AsiYANA, H. (<iJU*«l) A whetstone.

Asmani-farmAni, H. (P. (jU>*wl , heaven, and ^jU;* , com- mand) A term used formerly in deeds and leases, providing for any incidents or injuries arising from calamitous seasons or unjust exactions of the Government, which, if affecting the Zemindar, the Ryots engaged to make good. In Grarwhal, estimated fines and forfeitures, as part of the revenue.

AsNAN, H. (jjjDuiil, corruption of S. sndna wr«t) Bathing, ablution.

AsoN, H. {^yj\) The current year.

ASOKASHTAMI, S. (from Asoha ^^ftoir:, the tree so called, Jonesia asoea, and ashtami, eighth) The eighth of the light fortnight of Chaitra (April — May), when a festival in honour of Vishnu is observed, part of the ceremonial of which consists in drinking water with the buds of the Asoka in it.

Ash, Usr, H. (A. yoc) The afternoon.

A -^

Asr-namaz, The afternoon prayer of the Mohammedans, to be repeated at any time from half-past four until sunset.

Ash, plur. Asar, A. {J\,Ji\) Signs, marks, traditions; the traditional law of the Mohammedans based on the sayings and doings of Mohammed.

AsRAMA, S. (wRR:) a condition or order of life of which four should be passed through in succession by Hindus of the three superior castes, viz. that of the Srahmachdri, or religious student ; of the Grihastha, or householder ;

AS

AS

of the Vdnaprastha, or hermit ; and Shikshuka, or Sanydsi, religious mendicant. Also a hermitage, the abode of persons leading a religious or contemplative life. A name borne in addition to their own proper name by one of the orders of Dandi Qosains.

AsRiTA, S. (iHinWril lit., protected, supported) A dependant. A Brahman maintained by an opulent householder.

AsT, H. (c:„^-u>!, S. "31^0 Setting of the sun. Place of sun- set. West.

ASTACHAL, H. (S. ^rer and ^^^:, a mountain) The moun- tains of the west, behind which the sun is supposed . to set.

AsiCALjUsTHUL, H. &c., (J^JLwl, from ^. ^^, place) Place of residence or abiding, especially the kind of free mo- nastery in which communities of religious mendicants reside together under a Mahant, a chief or abbot.

AsthIn, UsTHAN, inaccurately, Astan, H. &c., (^^1^1, from S. WTT, a place) Abode, place of abiding, a hall of audience, a king's court or palace. The residence of a Mohammedan fakir. The shrine of a Mohammedan saint. Asthanakdran, Tam. (:gL6nJsrT<3DT<5rT(7(3nr) A speaker in court, a pleader, an advocate

AsTHi-siNCHANA, S. from ustM ^fipt, a bone, and sinchana fifl^tT, sprinkling) The ceremony of sprinkling the re- maining bones of a corpse that has been burnt, a few days afterwards.

AsTi, Tel. (®52j, from the S. ^'fer, what is), Asti or AsTE, or AsTlPASTi, Kam. (eSrO^ > ^ cij, ^::^ °^°^^) , also Tam. (ajjSnJ^, ajjefO^UrrsflJ^l) Real or per- sonal goods, riches. Estate. Property, possessions. That which is of, or belongs to, an individual. Astikdr or -ffdr, Kam. (e35^D~c)0), Astikdran, Tam.

(cv enJ^SrirjOT') A rich man, a man of property. Astigevadeya, Kam. (es^^oA^Ooa)) The proprietor of

an estate. Asti^vparam, ox -vivaram, Tam. (^SnJ^SlJlLJITlli) An account or detailed statement of assets.

AsuH, UsooK, H. &e., (^ I, from the S. ^raT:) An evil spirit, a demon, an enemy of the gods. Asura, or Asuri, S. Demoniacal, applied especially to one form of marriage formerly recognised by Hindu law ; that in which the bridegroom gives as much wealth as he can afford to the bride, her parents, and relations.

AswADHYAYA, S. (^ neg., and 'QTHlTtj:, sacred study) Days or seasons on which it is prohibited to read the 37

Vedas. A Brahman who has not gone through his study of the Vedas.

AswAMEDHA, S. (^PB, a horse, and medha, sacrifice) The actual or typical sacrifice of a horse. If performed a hundred times, the sacrificer obtains the rank of Indra, or king of Swarga.

AswAMi-BABAT, H. (from S. aswdmi '4)yirH«T, and hd- bat UI^Ij , account) A term used in Kattiwar to sig- nify extra and unauthorized charges levied by the revenue officers for their own emolument — not the demand of the Swdmi, the lord, or Government. Aswdmi-hikri, or -vikri, H. (S. ^ neg., 'ST'ft, a master, and vikraya f%^^:, sale) Sale without ovraership, one form of illegal sale.

AswANSi, H. (^wJl^l) A land measure, one twelfth of a Kachwansi.

AswAPATi, S. (^'^, a horse, and trfff, lord) A title borne by some of the ancient Rajas of the South of India.

AswARl, Kam. An extra levy on a village.

AswATTHA, S. current in most dialects, (^snSTWt) The Pip- al-tree — Ficus religiosa. '

Aswatthodydpana, or A-pratishthd, (S. Asmattha and Udydpana, setting up; or pratishthd, consecrating) The setting up of an Aswattha-tree, or a branch of it, as a part of various religious ceremonies.

Ata, corruptly, Otta, H. ( li' I ) Flour, meal.

At A, A. (JJI, lit., giving) In law, an appointed allowance or gratuity to soldiers and ministers of law or religion.

Ata, or Atabi, H. (li), ^Jji), from S. ^gl^sl) An upper- roomed house, an upper story.

Ata-gorru, Tel. (&t::)K~°^) A kind of rake used in husbandry.

Atai, Uriya, A cattle pound.

Atak, or Atakat, a. i(J^, iiili:) Manumission of slaves — in Mohammedan law. Atik, A. (^LAJic) Emancipated, manumitted (a slave).

AtIl, H. (JL"I) a stack, a rick, a heap, or pile of any- thing.

AtamInam, Mai. (cS^BSdOOOo) A pledge, a mortgage, a security.

AtaepIl, Utuhpal, H. ( JLjyl) Land which has been for- merly cultivated, but has been subsequently abandoned (more correctly, Antar-pdl, from S. antar, an interval, and pdla, cherishing. The word is current in the cen- tral and lower Doab. — Elliot.

AT

AtatIyi, S. (^nrar^'f) in Hindu law, one guilty of a heinous oflfence.

Atchi, Tarn, (gjjllffl) A heritage, inheritance. It is most usually compounded as Kaniy atchi, q. v. A domain or lordship obtained by inheritance. A right, a privilege. ArasdtcM, Royalty. See Aretha.

Athal, (?) Land farmed or rented (perhaps for Asthal). Gl. 5th R«p.

Athavani or Atha vane, also Aththavane, or, with the un- aspirated * doubled, Attavane, or ATTAVANi.q. v. Karn., (es^Sfo, esS^'ie, ^h^iy Revenue. An armed mes- senger or peon employed in revenue affairs. Athavani-kacheri, Karn. (o33-6) Office for revenue ac- counts. A Collector's kacheri. Athavaneildkhe, Karn. (©S^^OcSoer^guC) Revenue de- partment. Athavaneyalehhhha, Karn (e3^^3c&0?0) a revenue account.

Athmas, H. ((jwU^J'l, from £], the vernacular form of S. ^? asJda, eight, and mdsa, a month) Lands constantly ploughed for eight months for sugar-cane ; or, from Ashdrh to Mdgh, both inclusive.

Athmana, H. (L)u«jT, from S. "31^:) The west, in oppo- sition to Agmand, the east. Athaye (■^^) is used in the same sense, but more commonly to signify 'evening.'

Ath-pahaki, Ath-puhukee, H. (<_f^ &i\) One who is always on duty (lit., an eight-watch man), applied espe- cially to a servant employed to collect rents ; or, in Bengal, to one who is set to watch the crop, and acts as a messenger for the rest of the villagers,

Athwaka, coxT\vp\].y, Athvydra, H. (!;l^il, from^I?, eight) A money-lender who advances money on condition that the borrower shall pay by weekly instalments a larger sum than he receives. A cultivator who, for the use of agricultural implements on his own account for eight days, works the rest of the month for the benefit of the lender.

Ati, Hindi iwCZi) A sheaf, a handful of stalks of any kind com given to the reapers for cutting a bojha, or load, usually about one-sixteenth.

Atipatak, H. (from S. wfir, implying much, exceeding, and xmioli, crime) Heinous or capital offence.

Atit, Uteet, H. (from the S. 'Sfifhf, passed away, by whom worldly interests are discarded) A religious men- dicant of the Hindus, usually a Vaishnava. 38

AT

Atith, Atithi, H. but used' in most dialects, (S. ^H'PJJ:) A guest, any stranger entitled to hospitality. Atithi-pujd, S. (^»IT, worship) Hospitality, reverence of

guests. .

Atlthyam, S. (^rrfirsq) Hospitality. Atash-behkam, Pers. (from Atash (J*JT, fire) A chief temple of the Parsis, the sacred fire in which is said to be composed of 1001 kinds. Six such temples exist in India. Atash-kada, or -khdna, P. (xj^, <oU.) A fire-temple. AtivIsa, S. (^fir^TO:) The fast observed on the day

preceding a Srdddha, or obsequial ceremony. Atkao, H. {J!^\) Arrest. Sequestration. •

Atkari, H. (t^jlsJl) A caste of silk weavers in the Dekhin. Atma, S. (^TTRT) The soul, the self. PaeamItma, The Supreme Soul — God. Atrna-bandhu, S. (^W^VJ) A person^s own or cognate

kinsman. Atmaja, S. (^ITcflii;) A son. Atmaghdtah, Ben. (from S. ^TTmrni; , a self-destroyer) One

who commits suicide.

Atmavikrayi, S.(^wf«j^iil) One who sells himselfasaslave.

Atr, Utr, or, more correctly, Itr, corruptly Ottar and Otto,

A. (.Sac) Fragrance, perfume, essence, especially of roses.

Atr-ddn, H. (P. ^^li, holding) An ornamental box or phial

containing essence of roses. Atdr, H. (A. lilac) A perfumer, a maker of perfiimes and essences, a druggist, a chemist. Atraf, Utrap, H. (a. i-Jl^l, plur. of uJ^) Limits, boundaries. Atrdfi-ramana, H. (P. iwlj .) A pass for the transit of goods beyond the limits of the custom-stations. Attatchi, Tarn. (°lj^^rTl_<^) Proof, evidence, attestation. Atta-tarisu, Tam. (?) Land which has laid waste for a

long time. Attavanai, Tam. (ajLll—SLlSsntST) An index, a register. A cash-book, a statement in figures ; also an accountant or writer. When prefixed to any official designation, it implies that the person is duly registered as holding the office. — In Mysore, Revenue, &c. See Athavani. Attavanai-kanakan, Tam. (5l|L.l_6U§(55OT<5<5(SI!i!5r(S-

SOnr) An accountant, a book-keeper, a registrar. Attiper, Mai. (dS'Oglsio-lO) Freehold property. (.Attiis here a various and apparently less accurate reading of Otti, q. v.).

AT

AU

Attipekeola, pronounced Attipettola Mai. (cS^Ogl- 6)tt_16^OO0ai) Tide deeds of freehold property. See the last.

Attu, Tarn. (5I|^^, from A. iXs>-) A boundary a limit.

Attu, Karn. (®Vj ) A shelf, a platform in corn-fields on which persons are stationed to watch the crop.

Attu-kaLj Tarn. (^ m raiSSIT^, from :gk^> a river, and hdl, a channel, the double m pronounced as tt) A rivulet. A channel for conducting' water from a river for the pur- pose of irrigation. Attukdl-eri, Tarn. (CTCflj a tank) A pond or tank fiUed

from a river by a water-course. Attu-pdchal, or -pdyachal, Tarn, (aj, nr)^UUrTLU(&a'& ) In S. India, River irrigation, lands watered from a river. Attu-vejypa, Mai. ((S^oa6)aJa_l) New land left by the retiring of a river, or gained from the sea. Plantations by the sea-shore.

Atuku badIj or -abadi, Tel. (?) Giving waste or unoccupied land to a cultivator at a low rate of assessment on con- dition of his bringing it into cultivation.

Attupu, Tam. (2Jl1®UI_|) Boiled salt. Earth-salt.

AuKAS, A. (plur. of Wakas r^j) In Mohammedan law, any number of cattle intermediate between two numbers which are liable toZakat, and on which additional payment is not levied ; thus, the numbers from 40 to 50 are Aukds, being charged as 40, from 50 to 60 as 50, and so on.

AuL, or AoL, A. ( J*c) Increase. In Mohammedan law. The distribution of a fractional proportion of inherited property more than the amount of the legal shares of the respective heirs : thus, if a woman deceased have left a husband and two sisters, the first is entitled by law to a

3 2

half or -gths of her wealth, and the two last to -gths each ; making, therefore, "gthsj or one more than the whole. ' In such case the denominator of the fraction is made equal to that of all the shares, or to seven, and the

3

numerator remains unaltered, forming the fractions y, -^, 7, or. giving to the husband yths, and to the sisters yths each.

AuLAD, H. (A. Si^ , plur. of jJj ) Children, progeny, de- scendants.

AuLAi, Thug. A person who is a Thug, as opposed to one who is not.

AULiAj A. (plur. of |Jj) In law, The nearest of kin, and therefore entitled to demand the fine of blood, or com-

39

mutation for murder. In ordinary use, holy men, reputed prophets.

AuEASA, S., but adopted in most dialects, (^h^j) Uterine, as a son by a wife. A maternal brother, or son of the same mother.

AuKANG, AuBUNG, H. (if-^jl) A place where any article of trade is manufactured and collected for wholesale dis- posal or export. During the Company's commerce, it was applied to the factories for piece goods, &c.

Aus, more correctly Asu, corruptly, Ouse, Beng. (~«)15H, or 'srt"!) Rice ripening early, being sown in Chaitra or Vaisakh (February, March), and ripening in Sravana or Bhadra (August, September), growing rapidly through the rainy season. The same word Asu occurs in other dialects, as in Mai. Asm, (CS^C/d;) Rice ripening in the rainy season ; being from the S. Am, (^TW) Quick, quickly.

AuT, AooT, Mar. ('^n^iK, from S. ^qv, a weapon) An implement, a tool, especially one used in agriculture, as a plough. As much land as may be ploughed by a pair of bullocks, usually considered equal to 80 bighas. Ailt-handi, Aoot-bundee, corruptly, Out-bundee, Mar. (^rail^'t) Assessment of revenue calculated at a fixed rate per plough. Engagement to pay a fixed charge for the use of a plough and pairiof bullocks. Aut-patti, Aoot-puttee, Mar. (^T^ililJ^) The tax on ploughs ; also any extra cess, whether authorised or unauthorised, upon each owner of a plough.

AVADHI, S. ("^I^:) Limit, term, period.. Avadhi-aravdr, Karn. (eso^crgo) In Kanara, A kind of mortgage, in which the land is held for a term in lieu of interest. See Aravdr. Avadi-kraya, or Avadirana-kraye, Tam. (from S. ^Rfv, and '3itt> sale) In Southern India, a conditional sale, to become absolute if the purchase-money be not repaid within a stipulated time.

AvADHUTA, S. (^^w;, liberated) A religious mendicant in the South of India, of the Saiva and Sakta sects, one who is exempt from ceremonial observances and worldly restraints. See Ahdhut. Among the Saktas there are two classes of such devotees. Vyaktdvadhuta, (from S. vyakta, manifested) One who

openly professes religious emancipation. Guptdvadhuta, (from S. gupta, hidden) One who throws oflF the usual restrictions of caste, &c., unavowedly and in private.

AV

AW

AvakIsam, Mai. (((5*OaJcfe3C/do, from S. ^ST^oRT^, oppor- tunity) Right, title, privilege. Inheritance. Avakdsam-muri, Mai. (^cfl, a written agreement) A deed of partition, a deed declaring the several rights and privi- leges of persons having a joint interest in property. jLvakdsi, Mai. (cS'OoJdSjOC/al) An heir, a rightfiil owner.

AvALAKKi, Kam. ( ©^£^2) Rice bruised or flattened by beating the paddy after being scaled in the husk, some- times eaten without being boiled.

AvANEJANA, S. (■»a=|ti'3ItT) Washing, ablution. A ceremony prior to offering the funeral cake, pouring water in which white flowers and sandal paste are immersed upon the bed of kusa grass placed to receive the cake.

AvATARA, S. ('imriH;:, a descent) The descent or incarna- tion of a deity, his appearance or birth upon earth for some important purpose. The principal Avatars of Vishnu are ten : 1. the 3Iatsya, or fish ; 2. Kurma, or tortoise ; 3. Vardha, boar ; 4. Nrisinha, or man-lion ; 5. Vdmana, dwarf ; 6. Parasurdma ; 7. Rdmachandra, or Rama ; 8. ■ Balardma ; 9. Buddha ; and 10. yet to come, Kalki. Krishna is usually- considered not as a mere avatdr, but as Vishnu himself. A number of other descents or incarnations, both of Vishnu and Siva, are specified by modem sectaries.

AvATi, or AuTi, Mahr. (^^3^) A goldsmith's stamp. The officer of a town who has charge of the standard mea- sures, and measures all the grain that is brought to market.

AviBHAJYA, S. ('SI neg., f^WBir, to be divided) Indivisible, as property.

AviBHAKTA, S. ^ neg., f^>T3i, divided, partitioned) Undi- vided, as property held in common, or as joint property. One who is unseparated from his family, a co-parcener.

AvibX, S. (^ neg., and "^tt, vir, a man) A childless widow, a woman who bas neither husband nor son.

AvRO or AvARO, Guz. (^LH^l) In Surat, One of the account-books kept by merchants — a waste book.

AwA, H. (tjl) A potter's kiln or furnace.

AwAi, H. (k^y) A pick-axe

AwAK, H. (ciJjT, "Sl'Roll) Insurance. In Western India, Respondentia, an advance of money to a merchant upon the goods or merchandise in a ship before sailing, under the condition that if the voyage be profitable the loan is to be repaid with an extra rate of interest or per centage. Awah-vyaju, or -hidju, H. (from ^n^, principal) A trans- action in which a person who has made a respondentia 40

advance enters into an engagement with some third person, who, for a bonus or stipulated interest, insures him against loss.

AwIr, Mar. (S. ?5I=)R) A fence, &c., enclosing a yard round a house.

AwAL, Hind. (S. ^^55) An enclosed space formed by a cluster of Ryots' houses.

AwAN, or, more correctly, Anvtan, q. v., the nasal being blended with the vowel, Mar. (^raw) The first field of rice, that in which it has been raised from seed. Anwani,, Mar. (^N?^ The part of the field into which the young shoots of rice are transplanted from the Anwan. Transplanted, applied to the young rice-stalks from the first growth. Awangilli, H. (?) A mode of torture, compelling a man to stand with each foot upon an inverted earthen vessel, the shape and position of which endanger his falling ; a Chaprasi stands by to flog him if he loses footing.

Awardah-navis, H. (from P. awardah idj^ I , what is brought, and navis ii^V, ^ writer) A writer or registrar of accounts as delivered, applied to a class of accountants in the ceded districts.

AWARIJA, UWABIJU, or AWARIJA, UwuHiJu, corruptly, AwEHJA, H. &c. (P. *s>-;lj'j ^RTfT»I, supposed to be de- rived from Award ) lU , scattered, and occurring in Persian also, as Abdr, Abdra, and Amdra) A diary, a day-book, a ledger, a rough note-book, an abstract account of re- ceipts and disbursements. The word occurs in most dialects, somewhat modified occasionally in spelling and in meaning, as in Cuttack, it denotes a revenue account, specifying, first, the unproductive lands of a village, and then those paying revenue, field by field, arranged under the names of the occupants, with a specification in sepa- rate columns of the number of each field in the Bhau- riya or field-book, the quantity of land and kind of cultivation ; the total rent by each occupant being also summed up. Mar. AvTARjl, corruptly, AwuzzA, (^nTCSn) A particular and distinct head of account abstracted from the day-book, or a separate account of each cultivator's land revenue and charges upon it. Tel. AwarjA, ( ® "^) A distribution of items of account under appropriate heads. Posting an account. Awdrijd-jamd kharch, H. An account of receipts and disbursements.

AwASi,UwlsEE, H. (i^ljl , S. ^^T^ft) Unripe corn cut fi-om

AW

AY

time to time, and brought home to be eaten without being threshed. — Benares. See Dadri. AwastA, corruptly, Avesta, Pehlevi. Literally, ' word ;' but used by the Parsis to denote a mystical prayer or incan- tation. Wilson, Religion of the Parsis, pp. 14. 167. AwASTHi, H. One of the subdivisions of the Kanauj

Brahmans. AwKHAR, Thug. Dakhini. Any person maimed or deprived

of the use of his limbs. Aya, S. (^TR:) Income, profit.

Ata, or A.YAM, Kam. Tarn. (e3o!53 , ^ujui, S. 'STI^:, in- come, profit) Toll, tax, tribute, custom, measurement. In the Dakhin, the portion of the crop formerly paid to the hereditary village officers and servants. Ayandya or Ayandmya, Tam. (?) Fees in kind paid to the village officer : perhaps an error for Ayasdya, q. v. Ayakdr, at Ay agar, Kam. ( eSCJ&O^Jj, eso&'TTSS') A vil- lage servant or officer, one entitled to the Aya, or pro- portion of the crop, for his services to the community. (Plur. Ayagdrru, or Ayengandlu, also written, but either locally or incorrectly, Ayengade, Ayengadlu, and Ayen- gandea.) The officers and servants of a village, the whole establishment, the Salute of the Maratha countries, q. v. Ayakattu, or Ayukuttoo, corruptly, Ayacut, Kam. Tam. (e5C&8|A3, ajjUJSail®) Regulation, settlement. Measurement of lands, determining the boundaries of a village. An account of the total land belonging to a vil- lage, including houses, wells, &c., and particulars of its distribution and condition, to be kept by the village accountant, Ayaketta, Mai. ((iS^C!D6)dB5§) Register of assessed land. Land prepared for cultivation. (In Malabar) the same also as Ayakattu, q. v. Ayahrit, (?) (probably an error for Ayakattu, or Ayacut)

Total cultivable land. Gl. 5th Rep.

Ayakallu, (?) Mar. Rent on Government lands in cultivation.

Ayasdya, also Ayasdmya, Kam. (e3C&;07)0&, e3o5b.

<0c)03g) The share of the crop paid to village servants.

Ayapdsahe, Kam. (eSOODoJd'^D?) Fees in kind paid

to the village servants. Ayati; or Ayoti, (?) Kam. An officer in towns in the Dakhin, whose duty it is to examine, adjust, and mark the weights and measures, charging a fee for so doing. Ayatturai, Tam. (ghll Ig^ggPJT)) A custom-house, a place where tolls and taxes are collected. 41

Ayavydya, H. S. ('STHI^rni) Income and expenditure, receipts and disbursements, profit and loss.

Aya, or Ayya, (from S. '311^, respectable) A common ad- junct in the south of India to the names of Brahmans or spiritual guides, especially to the religious teachers of the Lingayits.

Ayan, Tam. Mai. (ajjLUOOT) A shepherd. Ayarpddi, Tam. (aLU-IITI— IPTU^) A village of shepherds.

Ayan, Tam. (aLLUOTT) A general term for the revenue col- lected on six kinds of pnduce. See Ain.

AyAn-i-mazmun, a. (yjy»-a« jjjUc) Things lent or pledged, to be restored, when redeemed, in the same condition as when deposited.

Ayin, or Ayeen, H., but current in most dialects, See Am, Rule, statute, ordinance.

AyatnirgaTj Mar. (from H. ay& \i\ , what has come, and S. nirgata f«TniIt , what is gone out) Customs levied on im- ports and exports.

AzId, H. (p. 4>U) Free, liberated. A Mohammedan de- votee who shaves his beard and eyelashes, and takes a vow of continence, but considers himself exempt from the usual observances of religion.

AzAN, H. (A. j^wl) The cry or summons to prayer.

AzHi, or AzHiVA, also written Am, Mai. (?) Expense, the expense of improving and cultivating land. J.2Ai-te2Ai-A<iMam,Tam.(a|, LpS(g) LpsarTOTCrm) A kind of mortgage, in Malabar, in which the proprietor transfers the lands to the mortgagee on condition of his bringing them into cultivation or improving them, engaging to reimburse him all expenses incurred for that purpose when the mortgage is redeemed.

AzHiYA-PADAM, Aliya-pIdam, Mai. Tam. (from dzham or aZam, depth, sa&pddam, place, ajjL^LLlLJU^lL, CS»a(PlCQJ. n_10So) Land in a low situation, capable of irrigation, and especially favourable for rice cultivation.

AzMAisH, H. (P. ()~i^' ' literally, trial, examination) Estimate of the crop while standing made by the subor- dinate revenue officer. Re-measurement or repetition of survey. Among the Marathas, an anticipatory state- ment or estimate of the receipts, expenses, and nett balance of a district made up at the beginning of the revenue year. Azrnauh gomashta, U. A revenue officer, one who com- putes the crop. A native surveyor, a measurer. Also Azmaish mutasaddi.

AzuBAG, (?) Abstract of an account (Ganjam). MSS.

BA

BA

B

Bab, corruptly, Baub, H. (A •— jIj), Babu, Tel. Karn. (£3"£X)) A. section, a chapter, a title, a head of accounts. A tax, a cess. See Abwab.

Bab-wdr, H. (jM'j) Arranged, classified, as fields or items of account ; whence Bab-wdri, classification.

Bab-ydft, H. (P. 0.»V,> found) Classified, entered under its proper head. BabI H. (Turkish, bU) A father, but addressed as a term

of kindness to young as well as to old persons. Babat, BABitr, corruptly, Baubut, H., but used in most dialects, (A. ci^^) Account, statement. Head of an account. Article or item of an account. Matter, business affair ; also adverbially in some places, as in Pura- niya, to signify, from the account of, or by the relinquish- ment of.

Bdbatdn, (P. plur. of c;»^u ) Sundries, miscellaneous items of an account

Bdbat-wdr, H. ( .1. c:^b) According to entry, agreeably to the particulars of any account or statement.

Bdbat-wdri, H. (i_^|j O^b, ^"IrtHICt) Any thing which is registered or entered in a general statement or account, as lands belonging to a village not actually cultivated, but entered in the village accounts, or as land held by a tenant at a registered rate. In Puraniya the term is applied to lands which have fallen into the renter's hands when taken up by another Ryot, and held at rates fixed by the renter.

Bdbat-wdri jdma, H. (A f>»>f-) The revenue of an estate according to a registered amount.

Bahat-wdri zamin, H. (P. j^J^) Lands registered in the statements of a village or Zamindari. In Puraniya this and the preceding are also applied to two columns in the general account shewing the quantity of land which had been relinquished, retaken, and the rent derived from them.

Bdbat-ydft, H. (P. C^ib > ^^^'^ ^^ found entry) The par- ticular items of any charge, applied especially to a state- ment of fees and perquisites under the government of the Nawab of Bengal. The fees and perquisites so registered.

Bdbati, corruptly, Bdbti, Babtee, or Bauhtee, Mar. (^T^cft,

that which is according to the babat, or account) The

shares of the public revenue, especially those arising from

the , Chauth, which were appropriated to the chief offi-

42

cers of the Maratha State. H. (jjob) Any cess or item of revenue, particularly when imposed in addition to the ordinary revenue. BabbaliyI, BABBULiyA, Beng. {<qninl) A hanger-on about courts of law, ready to give false testimony, or to bring false and malicious charges against a person for hire. Babu, Baboo, Beng.,&c. (Tt^,S.^n^Atitle of respect attached to a name, as "Mr.," or " Esq." In Bengal it has lost something of its respectability, and is commonly given to natives who manage the pecuniary concerns of the En- glish, and to native clerks who write English. In Go- rakhpur, it is applied to any man of family or influence. In Benares it was formerly assigned to younger brothers or near relatives of a Raja. In Beng. Beg. viii. of 1795 Baboos are defined persons of the blood and family of the Raja of Benares." Bdbii, in Kam. (S~32CO) is a syno- nym of father." Babul, Bubool, also Bab6h, Buboge, H. (J^.) The name of a tree (Acacia arabica), the wood of which is much used in making agricultural Implements ; the bark is employed in tanning leather, and, in the north-west, in the manufacture of a spirituous liquor. Bach, Buch, H. ( ^. , '^^) An inferior tribe of Rajputs in

the district of Jonpur. Bach-qoti, Buch-gotee, H. ( tjj^_ > «<-<J'riil1) A tribe of Rajputs, said to be a branch of the great family of Chau- hans, chiefly settled on the borders' of Jonpur, Gorakhpur, and Oudh. Bach'h, Baach, Batch, and, corruptly. Buck, H. (<^Ij, mSf. lit., selection, from S. ^ratT, wish, desire) Th^ proportionate rate or division either of lands or liabilities attached to them. The apportionment of a village or estate, or of the produce in separate portions among asso- ciated or coparceny occupants, especially in the case of mixed Paftidari tenures : where part is held in common, and part in severalty, the Government rent and village expenses are paid from the land held in common, and any overplus is distributed, or any deficit made good, by a bach'h, or rate levied on the several holdings. The rate is sometimes levied according to the number of ploughs employed by the cultivators. In some parts of India the term implies, a share of the village lands, which consists, in general, of as much as may be ploughed with one plough. Bdch'h-bardr, H. (Jji -Jt^U) A tenure, common in Bun- delkhand, in which the shares of the revenue payable by

BA

BA

the joint proprietors of a village are liable to occasional re-adjustment and alteration ; also, Bhej-bardr, q. v. Bad-bdch'h, Bud-hach'h, H. (P. St bad) A fraudulent di- vision or apportionment of the assessment. Bach'honta, jBwcA.'Aowia,H.(tu)^,S. 'H -^Zi ) Distribution of an aggregate sum among several individuals (Upper Doab).

BicHHAL, BicHHUL, H. ((J^L, '^T^f^s) A tribe of Raj- puts who claim a descent from the Lunar race, formerly Zamindars of Farida and Shah-jehan-pur, now settled in Aligerh, and in different parts of Badaon, Mathura, and Shah-jehan-pur.

BIchrI, (TtB^) Land formerly cultivated, but now neg- lected.

BId, H. (p. OU) Remission of revenue on account of defi- cient crops. (North- West provinces. Mr. EUiot derives the term from the P. Bad, which, in thie Burhdn-i-kdti, has, for one meaning, Nd-bud (J^L!), not existing).

Bad, corruptly, Budh, Mar. (^T^) Deducted. Excluded from a number, a list, or collection.

Bada, Kam. (£^0) A ridge. Gaddebada, Kam. (^g^OO) a ridge between rice-beds.

BadAgaleyavahu, Kam. (£0iSXooS3^&>, from EO^X, north) Brahmans, followers of Vishnu, wearing a mark of three perpendicular lines. (Mysore).

Badage, (?) A tribe of slaves in Kurg.

Badagi, or Badiga, Karn. (£0Q^, 80C5A) A carpenter. A man who supplies travellers with water.

Badahand, H. p. ('Sd pers. plur. imp. of the Persian verb dddan, to give ; JJajj , lit., let them give) A superscrip- tion of assent by the Emperor on a petition for an assign- ment of revenue.

Badal, Budul, or Budl, H. (A. Jiij, ^^), Tel. Kam. Badalu, Badulu, ( SJOOO^a&eJJ) Exchange, substi- stution, equivalent. Change of money. Pledge,loan. Rejoinder. Badald, or Badali, or Badld, Badli, or Budla, Budlee, H., and in other dialects, (^J^i '^c[155T> ^^t) A substi- tute, a person or thing taken in representation or ex- change of some other person or thing. Badal-mushdhara, less correctly, Budul-mooshara, H. (A. iiJtlw*.*) Stipend given in money or kind to public or private servants.

Badab-nawisi, H. (P.jiiJ, lit., to the door, ^_^jj , writing) Writing off items of an account which are objectionable or excessive. Audit of an account. 43

BIdIr, Hindi (stT^TC) A large house-granary raised on piles, Puraniya.

BadavI-hrita, S. (^3^^, lit., a mare, a female slave, ^, taken) One of the fifteen kinds of slaves. In Hindu law, A man who becomes a slave that he may marry a female slave in the family.

Badava-polamu, Tel. (S^O^tO'ejSx)) Low, swampy ground, a bog, a marsh.

Baddi, Kam. (^§, S. '5%) Interest of money. Baddigantu, Kam. (E^^^AoUo) Interest and principal. Mdrbaddi, Karn. (^O^20F~g) Compound interest.

Badegachi, Tam. (?) A low caste in Travancore, but supe- rior to the Pariahs.

Badh, H. (^TV) a lesser division of an estate. A plain, a desert.

Badha, S. (^v:) Killing, slaughter ; also, striking, wounding. In law. Corporal punishment, which may be of three kinds : 1. Tdrana, Beating, caning, flogging; 2. Chhed- dana, Cutting, mutilation ; 3. Mdrana, Putting to death : the second is abolished by the British Government. Badhak, Budhuk, corruptly, Badhih, Budduck, Buddick, H. (\JJ^S), ^M^, from the S. ^v) A killer, a mur- derer. A robber of a particular tribe associated with Thugs, and, like them, murdering those they rob, resid- ing chiefly on the borders of Oudh, but carrying on their depredations usually at a distance. Badhya, S. (^Hi) One who ought to be punished or put to death ; fit for, or deserving death.

Badha WA, Hindi (^MT^t) Presents to a woman after lying in.

Badhia, BuDHil, H. (Uaj.j) A disease affecting Jamar, Bdjrd, Indian corn,, and sugar-cane, which prevents the head from shooting.

BIdhxa, Kam. (S3~SQ§) Relationship. An obligatory duty. A right or claim of possessson. Bddhyanu, Bddhyasta, Kam. (SJa^gf^, £r5Q§^) An heir.

Badi, more correctly, Vadi, S., but adopted in most dialects, (^^, from Bdda or Vdda, a dispute, a discourse) A plain- tiff, a complainant, a suitor. An advocate, one who states a plaint, whether for himself or another.

Pratibddi, or Prativddi, S. &c. (ufrT'^^'i') Defendant, re- spondent. Opponent or replicant.

Badi-CHOR, H. (;)=^^_?'^'J) A determined thief!

Badi, Budee, H. (ujAj, S. g?ft) The dark fortnight, that of the moon's wane from full to new moon.

BA

BlDiGA, Tel. C^^iSKx BimQ-E, Kum. (P~^^'^) Rent, hire, quit-rent, or a low rent on lands granted in Inam.

Badige, or Badigi, Karn. i^TdOT^ ) a carpenter.

Badi-kattu, Tel. (eOE^^bo) Ascertainment, measurement. Badi-vdradi, Tel. (tiiBor^^S) Classification of land as of first, second, or third class, &c. Collections of contri- butions for extra expenses of the village rated on each ICdti of the village lands.

Badiya, or BakiyA bhi5m, Hindi (■sffS'U vm) A rich and fat soil. Furaniya.

Bad-maash,B0d-maash, H. (P. lad Si , bad, and A. ^Ji:Jt^, means of living) A disreputable person, one following evil courses.

Bad-nami, Bud-nami, H. (^^Uj^, Irom Si, bad, and*U, nam, a name) Disrepute, ignominy ; but in Tel., corrupted to Bad-ldmi, it implies, also, responsibility.

Badni, Budnee, H. ((^Jo) A contract by which a bor- rower gives a bond at high interest, in satisfaction of which he assigns his crops at a rate below the market value (from Uiij, hadnd, to wager, to agree).

Badraka, or BADBIK.A, BuDRAKA, BuDRiKA, H., also Oc- curring in Other dialects, and read Badabaka, and Ba- DARKE, also, corruptly, Badrucka, (A. *S;Jo) A guide, a guard, an escort. Safe conduct. Also a charge for con- voy formerly levied on merchandise at the rate of 1 per cent., as the expense of keeping the highways and rivers safe fi:om robbers. Badrakd-hisdh, H. (A. > _ iLn,-^, an account) An account sent with a guard of goods or treasure under its charge. An invoice ; also, transit duty.

BadshIh, H. (p. xlSitib ) A king, a sovereign.

Bddshdhi, Badshahee, H. (P. ^jAI^jU, royal, from ^liiiJlj, king) As applied to tenures, it denotes land, &c. held under a royal grant, or, in the language of the Regu- lations, a Bddshdhee grant extended to all grants made by the ruling authority for the time being, and compre- hended royal grants properly so termed, grants by the Subahdar of Oudh, and by the British Government. Ben. Reg. xiii., 1795. Bddshdhi Sanad, corruptly, Sunnud, H. (A. jJuw, a grant) A royal grant, a written document conveying lands or titles from the ruling power.

BIdu, Tel. (^5^Ca3) Fees in grain paid to the village ser- vants before the division of the crop.

Ba-farzand1n, or -fuhzundan, less correctly,' Ba-fah- 44

BA

ZAND, vernacularly, BA-farjand, H. (from the P. U, with, Sijy, oflspring, in the plur. with children') A term inserted in a grant which is made to the grantee and his posterity ; also, Ba-AuljId (jSjl b), having the same meaning. It has been ruled that both apply to heirs and descendants generally, although, in strictness, they denote only the children of the grantee, or his heirs, in a direct line of descent.

Baft, H. (P. c:^b, from ^^\>, to weave) Weaving, web. Bdfta, H. (P. *asIj) Woven. A kind of cotton cloth. Bdf, H. (P. i_jb) Weaver, woven, used chiefly in compo- sition ; as, Zar-hdf, (from jj , gold) Gold-tissue, cloth of gold. A gold lace or brocade weaver.

BA.G, Beng. Uriya, Mar. (Tt^t, ^n) A garden ; more correctly, Bagh, q. v., but in the dialects noted, and perhaps in others, both in this w^ord and its derivatives the unaspi- rated Sanscrit g is substituted for the Arabic final.

Bagalya, corruptly, Baglah, Mar. (<4'l<dm) An assistant, a mate ; sometimes applied to the Chaughala of a village.

Baganden, or Baghi, Tam. (?) The caste of Palankin- bearers. Tinnevelly.

BIgar, Bagur, H. (js^) a hedge of thorns or twigs iMalwcD.

BagIh, Bugar, H. (;l^) Pasture-ground (.Bundelkhand).

BagIr, Mar. (^TTS) Swinging from a pole with iron hooks fastened to the back. See Charkh.

Bagari, Buguree, H. (^,^Si) A species of rice cultivated chiefly in the province of Benares.

Bagaria, Thug. A class of Thugs who reside chiefly in • the Gwalior country.

BIgdi, or Bhagdi, (?) A low and servile caste of Hindus following unclean and out-of-door avocations. Bengal and Cuttack.

Bagh, dialectically. Bag, corruptly, Baugh,H. (P. cU, plur. BIqhat ^TT , ^re) A garden, an orchard, a plantation. Bdghdyat,Bdgdyat, Bagdit, Bdgdyati, coTTKpt\y,Bagahat, Baugayut, Baughayhir, H. (P. d^UU , from the plur. of Bdgh or Bdghat) Mar. (^>TT|tt), Earn. (O^'TTBO&S) Land which, being well supplied with water, and adapted to the cultivation of various useful and edible vegetable sub- stances, is appropriated to their growth, or to that of betel, hemp, sugar-cane, plantains, saffron, ginger, pepper, to- bacco, onions, garlic, chilis, and other vegetables ; also to that of fruit-trees, and the areka, cocoa-nut, and other palms. It is assessed at a higher rate than arable lands,

BA

BA

according to the value of the produce. In Birbhum the term was formerly applied also to garden lands held free of revenue.— Pari. Papers, 1813, p. 293.

B&ghayati, Sdghaiti, or Bagaiti, corruptly, Baggaite, &c., H. ((Jj.lclj), Mar. (^TTTlfil) Fit for, or relating to, garden cultivation (land, &c.). Having much garden ground (a town or village). Raised on garden ground (fruit, &c.). Assessed or levied on gardens (revenue, tax).

Bdgdyat-kacMri, Kam. (o3cr?5, from H. ijj^, an office) Department or office in Mysore for the superintendence of the revenue levied on garden cultivation in the time of the Mohammedan Government.

Bagdyat-jasli-hirdd, Kam. (SJb)^^„ 23 O 6&) An extra cess charged on garden cultivation in Mysore.

BagMcha, Bdgicha, Bageechu, H. &c., (iSsjcb) A garden, a little garden.

Bdgbagichd, Mar. (*HJ|4Jfltn) Gardens ; comprehensively, orchards, plantations, cocoa-nut or areka groves, &c.

Bdghbdn, Bdghrvdn, or Bagman, H. &c. i^J^^, ^T^raTrf) A gardener, one who cultivates garden produce ; also, in the west of India, a vender of vegetables, fruits, and flowers.

Bagh-kdri, H. (P. (_?;o) Garden cultivation, the busi- ness of a gardener. Bagh, H. (^U, S. antr.) a tiger.

Bdgh-mdrir-inddm, H. (from S. JTIt'D', killing, and A. aIwI, a gift) A grant of land made to one who kills tigers. Baghel, Bughbl, H. ((Jj.^.^) A branch of the Sisodhiya Rajputs of Giizarat, who migrated to the East, and gave their name to Baghel-khand, or Merva, the Raja of which is a Baghel. Subdivisions of the tribe, under different denominations, are extensively spread through the Com- pany's provinces of Bundelkhand, Allahabad, Benares, Gorakhpur, Kanpur, and Farakhabad. Baghi, Bughee, H. (a. jJo) Tyranny, oppression. Insur- rection, rebellion, turbulence, infraction of the laws.

Bdghi, H. (A. ^l^, plur. Baghdt Uulab, or, with a Pers. plur., Bdghidn y;UiV ) An insurgent, a robber, a rebel, one who disobeys the Imam, or civil and religious head of the State. Baghdmat, H. (A. d.'jlij) Insurrection, rebellion, oppo- sition to, and defection from, the rightful Imam. Violence, plunder, breach of law. Bagini, Kam. (oTViO) A species of palm from which Tdri

is extracted. Bagbi, H. ^iJj>^ Name of a tribe inhabiting the district 45

of Bdgar, between the south-west borders of Hariana and the Setlej. They seem to have been originally Rdj- puts, but are now looked upon as a branch of the Jdts. The term is also applied to other tribes, and there is one tribe of Bdgri Brahmans. Bdgar is also the name of a tract on the south-west of Malwa ; and Bdgri denotes a native of the province. Bdgris are also described as Hindus of the lowest caste, robbers by profession, who came from the west of India, and settled in considerable numbers in the eastern parts of Malwa. — Malcolm, Cen- tral India. Tod considers them as one of the aboriginal races.

Bagsakia, Bugsurea, H. {^mSji) Name of a small clan of Rajputs in the Moradabad district ; also of a branch of Kanauj Brahmans.

BahA, H. (lab, S. ^rf?,jraT5) A water-course, usually an artificial one ; but in the Delhi district applied to a natural one also.

Baha, Buha, H. (p. L^j) Price, cost, value. Bahd-i-khildt, H. (A. o>»<ii>- , a dress of honour) A cess or tax added at so much per cent, to the ordinary revenue to defray the cost of complimentary dresses or robes of honour granted by the Mohammedan rulers or governors to persons whom they thought proper so to distinguish. Bahd-i-kdghaz, H. ( j>cl^ , paper) Price or expense of office paper.

BahAchina, Uriya, (QI^|OSi)) A fee or cess levied by a Zamindar on his tenants on occasion of a marriage.

Ba-hal, Bu-hal, H. (Jl^. , from the P. ba &i, according to, and A. hdl JU>- , condition) Re-instated, re-established, restored to, or replaced in, a former condition, restored to a situation or appointment. (It occurs in different dia- lects, as in Tel., Bahdlu (^^r*eu), &c.

Ba-hdli-sanad, H. (i^Jkui ,Jlsr ) A grant restoring to a per- son possessions or privileges of which he had been de- prived, or confirming him in their enjoyment.

BAhan, Bahun, H. (j^t^, ^Tf^i from bdhnd, to plough) Fallow land, land ready for sowing. Ploughing (Hariana). Land that has been ploughed arid left unsown (JKhet- karm).

Bahangi, corruptly, Bangy, H. ^_j^i^J, ^jft) A pole with slings at either end supporting portable boxes or baskets for baggage, carried over one shoulder.

Bahangi-barddr, H. (P.^lii^, who beats) A bangy, or baggage-bearer or porter.

BA

BA

BahAr, Mar. (N^l'i) Ground liable to be overflowed. The tide. A salt marsh or meadow.

BAhara, Bahura, H. (isjuii) A man who stands by the mouth of a well to turn over the bucket when drawn up. Dehli.

Bi.HAB, or Bahih-bhum, or -bhoom, H. (from S. bahir '^^X, out, and HfH, land) Lands lying beyond the village boundaries. Bdhar-, or Bahir-vdsi, corruptly, Barwasee, H. (from S. hahir ^f^^, out, and ^W\^, who abides) A Hindu of low caste and dirty avocations who is not permitted to dwell in a village or town.

BaheriA, H. {\ijii{(> ) A clan of Rajputs in Jonpur and Chunar.

Bahi, Buhee, H. &c., (^_g\(>, ^^) An account-book, a journal, a diary, a ledger. Bahi-khasra, H. (P. yj*^ isV^^ ■^' day-book. Bahi-khdtd, H. (Ul^ ^j^) A day-book kept by merchants. Bahi-mahdjan, H. (S. »T^T3TtT) A merchant's or banker's

book. Bahi-patmdri, H. {^j\3j) Register kept by the village accountant.

Bahin, Mar. (^^hff, S. )Tf'T«ft) A sister. A female cousin.

Bahir, Buheer, H. (Jj^ ) A camp-follower of any kind. The baggage and incumbrances of an army : (not to be confounded with Bhir, H.Jj^,j, a crowd).

Bahiranga-kIgada, Kam. (pS>o6oXo~c)KcS^ from the S. bahir ^f^l. and anga ^il, body, and A. kdgkaz liil^, paper) A public advertisement, a public edict or procla- mation.

BIhir chalan, Beng. (^tf^ ^Wl) An open pass or despatch. A summons issued by the Police Darogah to witnesses to attend the Court in a criminal case.

BahiyAb, H. (;U.^, from the S. ^f?^, out) Lands at a distance from the village. (Bhagalpur).

Bahlim, Buhleem, H. i(r*^) A tribe of Mohammedans in the neighbourhood of Dasna and Meerut: they as- sume the name of Sheikh, but have no right to it. The name is, also applied to some divisions of the Rohilkhand Banjaras. In the Thiig jargon the name denotes one of their seven original clans or gangs, scarcely any of whom are to be found north of the Nerbudda.

Bahonda, or Bahaunda, Hindi, (^^^,^|tVl) Land given rent free to the village watchman, or Chaukidar.

Bahora, Buhora, H. Cijyd, ^?kT) A shopkeeper, or mouied man in a village who makes advances to, or on 46

account of, the cultivators. The word is a vernacular cor- ruption of the S. Byabahdra, or Vyavahdra, business, or it may be a corruption of Bohra, q. v.

Bahoro, Buhoro, H. (jy^) The sloping pathway for bul- locks drawing water from a well, especially that by which they return to the well. (Central Doab, from baharnd, to return, probably from the S. bhrama, to turn round).

Bahra, Thug. Four travellers or victims in the hands of the gang.

Bahurupia, Buhboopeea, H. (Ujjj^_, from S. bahu ^, many, and rupa ^'J, form) A mime, an actor, a person assuming various characters and disguises.

Bahu, S. («I?) Much, many. Large, great. Bahudaka, S. A mendicant who lives in a strange town, and begs his food from house to house. One class of the fourth order, or Bhikshu (from bahu, many, and udaka, water, drinking water from various sources). Bahudhdnya, S. &c., (from Bahu, much, and dhdnya VTai, corn) The 12th year of the cycle, supposed to be parti- cularly fertile. Bahuputra, or -putraha, S. (from ^?, many, andti^:, a son) A man who has many sons.

Bahu, Buhoo, H. (^, from S. cfVf) A wife, especially a son's wife.

Bahu, H. and other dialects, (S. ^T?) The arm ; also a measure of two cubits. Bdhu-band, Mar. (?) Association or joint interest in the property of a village, or the persons so associated, usually kinsmen of the Patil. Bdhuband-mirdsi, Mar. (?) Occupancy of land in copar- cenership, especially by members of the same family.

Bahula, (S. of India) The dark fortnight. S., Much, many. Bahulapddya, Kam. (208bo9°^'-^S) "^^^ ^^^^ lunar day of the fortnight.

Bai, Baee, corruptly. Bye, Bhye, Mar. (^T^) A lady, a mistress, a respectful adjunct to the name or address of a woman in general. H. Beng., (j_jb , Tt^) A dancing girl, a prostitute.

Baia, commonly, Bai, Bye, Baya, Beea, or Buya, A. (j^) Sale. BaS for Bai-bdt, Uriya, (Q-^Q|0) Foreclosure of a

mortgage. Bai bil mafd, H- (A. lijlb ^jj, lit., sale with faith) In Mohammedan law. Conditional sale, sale depending for its completion on the consent of the seller. Also the

BA

BA

nominal sale of an article, in lieu of a debt, to be re- turned when the debt is paid, or upon condition that the debt shall be paid by a given ternij in default of which, the article becomes definitely the property of the pur- chaser. A contract of pawn or of usufruct. Bai bil mafaddr, H. (P. ^tj, who has) A person having the use of an article conditionally sold to him in acquit- tance of a debt. Sai Id kaldmi, A. (lit, sale without (Jd, il) words (aK),

Absolute sale. Saimidddi, H. (A. ^jdixx^ «jj) Conditional or eventualsale. Sai mukdM, also JBai mukdyaza, A. («J.j, and <Lfllil«, balancing accounts, or <LajU-o, proposing an exchange) Sale or exchange of one article for another, sale of goods for goods, barter. Sale or transfer of property by a hus- band in liquidation of dower due to the wife. Sai ndma, H. A. (P. <t«L5 , a document) A deed of sale. Sai pattd, H. &c., (Uj, lease) A lease or sub-lease ob- tained by purchase. Sat sultdni, H. (A. ^jUaJuw) Sale of lands or other property

by order of Government. Bai taljih, H. (A f^^) A fictitious or temporary sale. Bdid, Bdya, or Bdyi, Bay&e, H. (A. fju) A seller. Bai ddr, H. A. ij\ii ^xi) A purchaser, a possessor by purchase. Baiana, or Bayana, corruptly, Baina, or Byna, H. (A.

liUjj) Bayana, Mar. ■^TOT) Earnest money. Bai, Baee, Thug. A fi-equented road. Baiali, Byali, Mar. (?) An indefinite land measure, 3 th

of a kun, Baid, Baidya, corruptly, Bayd, H. Beng. (from S. ^0

A physician, a man of the medical caste. Baigak, Bygar, H. iJS.M) A name of the Kharwar tribe. Baiharia, Thug. A scout, a spy (used by the river Thugs). Baikhat, H. (u:,»^$L<j) Sale. (East Oudh and Benares: it may perhaps be derived from the H. bikna, to sell, rather than from the A. bai j-Jj). Baikunth, corruptly, Bykont, Bykontah, H. (S. %o!f?!3:) The heaven of Vishnu. Pits in which, in the time of Jaf- fir Khan, revenue defaulters were confined until they paid the demands against them. Bail, or Beyl, Thug. A spot chosen for burying those who

have been strangled. Bailha, Thug. The person who selects the spot where the murder is to be committed. 47

Bailhai, Thug. The office of selecting the spot where the crime is to be perpetrated

Bail, Byl, H. Beng. Mar. (Jaj , t^S, S. '^%^:) A bullock. Bail-begdri, Mar. (^^^ITTlt) Bullocks impressed for pub- lic service, or a tax in commutation. Bail-ddm, Mar. (^^^W) A duty or tax formerly levied on the sale of bullocks.

Bailu, Karn. (S£)eU) A plain, an open field, especially such a field as is best fitted for rice cultivation, lying low, and having abundance of water. The first sort of rice-land,

Related documents

• A glossary of judicial and revenue terms and of useful words occurring in official documents relating to the administration of the government of British India, from the Arabic, Persian, Hindustani, Sanskrit, Hindi, Bengali, Uriya, Marathi, Guzarathi, Telugu, Karnata, Tamil, Malayalam and other languages. Compiled and published under the authority of the Honorable the Court of Directors of the East-India Co#198649
• A glossary of judicial and revenue terms : and of useful words occurring in official documents relating to the administration of the government of British India, from the Arabic, Persian, Hindustání, Sanskrit, Hindí, Bengálí, Uriya, Maráthi, Guazráthí, Telugu, Karnáta, Tamil, Malayálam, and other languages#198851
• Glossary of Terms#1739
• Glossary of Terms#1735
• Glossary of Terms#1731